1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
153 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
155 \begin_inset CommandInset href
157 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
168 \begin_inset Newline newline
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Note Note
179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
180 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
181 \begin_inset Newline newline
186 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
194 \begin_layout Standard
195 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
196 LatexCommand tableofcontents
203 \begin_layout Chapter
207 \begin_layout Section
211 \begin_layout Standard
212 LyX is a document preparation system.
213 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
214 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
215 It is unlike most other
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
223 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
225 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 pt type, left justified, 5
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
254 \begin_layout Standard
255 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
272 \begin_layout Standard
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
285 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
286 the format of all of the manuals.
287 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
288 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 \begin_layout Section
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
312 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
313 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
319 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
320 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
322 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
323 only a vertical scrollbar.
324 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
325 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
326 This, however, is due
327 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
328 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
329 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
330 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
332 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
333 this doesn't work for equations yet.
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
345 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
350 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
351 ing sections of this documentation.
354 \begin_layout Section
358 \begin_layout Standard
359 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
364 of the manuals from inside LyX.
365 Just select the manual you want read from the
372 \begin_layout Section
374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
376 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
383 \begin_layout Standard
384 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
385 without resorting to configuration files.
386 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
387 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
388 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
393 \begin_inset Index idx
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
403 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
404 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
409 \begin_inset space \space{}
412 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
413 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
419 \begin_inset Index idx
422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
423 Reconfiguration of LyX
428 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
431 \begin_layout Section
433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
435 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
444 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
446 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
447 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
451 \begin_layout Standard
452 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
454 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
455 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
458 \begin_layout Standard
459 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
460 you can view from the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
482 reconfigure LyX (menu
484 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
488 \begin_inset Note Note
491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
492 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
500 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
501 More about TeX Code is described in section
506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
508 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
512 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
519 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
529 \begin_inset Index idx
532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 Reconfiguration of LyX
538 See section 5.1 of the
542 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
545 \begin_layout Chapter
549 \begin_layout Section
550 Basic File Operations
551 \begin_inset Index idx
554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
563 \begin_layout Standard
568 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
569 in addition to some more advanced operations:
572 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_layout Itemize
632 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 arg "dialog-show print"
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
769 space is just that — a big, blank space.
777 \begin_layout Standard
798 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
803 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
828 will reload the document from disk.
829 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
830 and want to restore it to the last save.
839 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
840 can identify them as your changes.
843 \begin_layout Section
844 Basic Editing Features
845 \begin_inset Index idx
848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
857 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
864 \begin_layout Standard
865 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
866 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
867 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
868 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
870 We'll start with cut and paste.
873 \begin_layout Standard
874 As you might expect, the
878 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
879 various other editing features.
880 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
884 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_layout Itemize
962 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
971 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
980 keys also function as the
985 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
986 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
991 to get back the lost text.
994 \begin_layout Standard
995 \begin_inset Index idx
998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1004 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1024 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1051 will start a new paragraph.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1100 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1105 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 button to skip the current word.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1142 If the toggle is set, searching for
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 will not match the word
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 Match whole words only
1171 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1200 LyX offers also an advanced
1203 \begin_inset space ~
1207 \begin_inset space ~
1212 feature that is described in sec.
1213 \begin_inset space ~
1217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1219 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1226 \begin_layout Standard
1227 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1228 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1230 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1235 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1242 \begin_layout Section
1244 \begin_inset Index idx
1247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1254 \begin_inset Index idx
1257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1266 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1273 \begin_layout Standard
1274 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1275 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1278 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1281 or the toolbar button
1287 to undo some mistake.
1288 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1290 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1293 or the toolbar button
1300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1307 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1311 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1314 \begin_layout Standard
1315 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1324 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1325 This is a consequence of the 100
1326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1329 step undo limit, above.
1332 \begin_layout Standard
1341 work on almost everything in LyX.
1342 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1346 \begin_layout Section
1348 \begin_inset Index idx
1351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1360 \begin_layout Standard
1361 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1364 \begin_layout Enumerate
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1374 once anywhere in the edit window.
1375 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1384 \begin_layout Itemize
1390 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1393 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1396 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1399 \begin_layout Itemize
1400 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1402 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1409 \begin_layout Enumerate
1410 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1414 \begin_layout Standard
1415 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1416 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1420 \begin_layout Enumerate
1425 \begin_layout Standard
1430 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1435 \begin_layout Section
1437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1439 name "sec:Navigating"
1444 \begin_inset Index idx
1447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1460 \begin_layout Itemize
1465 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1466 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1469 \begin_layout Itemize
1470 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1475 or by the toolbar button
1478 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1484 \begin_layout Itemize
1485 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1490 and use the same menu to return to them.
1491 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1494 \begin_layout Standard
1498 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1503 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1504 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1507 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1508 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1509 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1510 your last editing position.
1513 \begin_layout Subsection
1517 \begin_layout Standard
1518 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1526 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1527 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1528 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1529 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1530 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1533 LatexCommand formatted
1534 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1538 ), or notes, or citations (see
1539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1540 LatexCommand formatted
1541 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1546 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1548 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1549 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1550 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1551 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1554 LatexCommand formatted
1555 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1559 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1561 LatexCommand formatted
1562 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1567 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1571 \begin_layout Standard
1572 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1573 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1574 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1575 dialog and to modify the citation.
1576 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1580 \begin_layout Standard
1581 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1583 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1584 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1592 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1595 \begin_layout Standard
1596 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1597 you further to control the display.
1602 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1603 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1608 option keeps it in the current view state.
1609 Keeping means that when you have e.
1610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1614 \begin_inset space \space{}
1617 the subsections of section
1618 \begin_inset space ~
1621 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1625 3, the subsections of section
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1629 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1634 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1649 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1654 \begin_inset space ~
1658 \begin_inset Graphics
1659 filename ../images/reload.png
1664 \begin_inset space ~
1667 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1668 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/down.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1687 \begin_inset space \space{}
1691 \begin_inset Graphics
1692 filename ../images/up.png
1694 groupId toolbarbuttons
1699 \begin_inset space ~
1702 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1703 So, for example, you can move section
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1711 2.4 or after section
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1716 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1718 \begin_inset Graphics
1719 filename ../images/promote.png
1721 groupId toolbarbuttons
1726 \begin_inset Graphics
1727 filename ../images/demote.png
1729 groupId toolbarbuttons
1733 (or the corresponding key bindings
1741 ) you can change the level of sections.
1742 So you can for example make section
1743 \begin_inset space ~
1747 \begin_inset space ~
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1757 \begin_layout Section
1758 Input / Word Completion
1759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1761 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1766 \begin_inset Index idx
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_inset Index idx
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1810 \begin_layout Standard
1811 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1813 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1814 is used to propose completions.
1817 \begin_layout Standard
1818 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1819 there are completions available.
1820 You can then press the
1824 key to use this completion.
1825 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1826 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1827 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1834 \begin_layout Standard
1835 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1837 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1840 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1842 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1845 by deselecting the option
1848 \begin_inset space ~
1857 \begin_inset space ~
1861 \begin_inset space ~
1866 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1867 To accept this proposal, use the
1876 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1877 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1885 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1892 \begin_layout Section
1894 \begin_inset Index idx
1897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1904 \begin_inset Index idx
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1936 \begin_inset Index idx
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1970 \begin_layout Standard
1971 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1972 LyX's default is CUA.
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1987 \begin_inset space ~
2008 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2012 \begin_layout Labeling
2013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2017 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2018 LatexCommand nomenclature
2020 description "Tabulator key"
2026 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2027 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2028 \begin_inset space ~
2032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2034 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2041 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2045 , especially section
2046 \begin_inset space ~
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2052 reference "sub:Lists"
2058 If you're still confused, look in the
2065 \begin_layout Labeling
2066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2070 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2071 LatexCommand nomenclature
2073 description "Escape key"
2080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2087 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2088 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2091 \begin_layout Labeling
2092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2098 \begin_inset space ~
2102 \begin_inset space ~
2109 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2110 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2115 There are three modifier keys:
2118 \begin_layout Labeling
2119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2137 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2138 LatexCommand nomenclature
2140 description "Control key"
2144 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2145 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2149 \begin_layout Itemize
2158 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2161 \begin_layout Itemize
2170 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2173 \begin_layout Itemize
2182 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2186 \begin_layout Labeling
2187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2205 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2206 LatexCommand nomenclature
2208 description "Shift key"
2212 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2213 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2216 \begin_layout Labeling
2217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2235 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2236 LatexCommand nomenclature
2238 description "Alt or Meta key"
2242 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2243 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2244 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2250 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2252 menu accelerator keys
2255 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2256 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2260 \begin_layout Standard
2261 For example, the sequence
2262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2268 \begin_inset space ~
2272 \begin_inset space ~
2278 \begin_inset space ~
2286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2305 \begin_inset space ~
2311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2326 manual lists all other things bound to the
2334 \begin_layout Standard
2335 You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2336 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2337 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2338 just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2339 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2340 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2341 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2343 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2359 followed by a capital
2366 \begin_layout Standard
2367 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2369 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2374 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2377 as explained in sec.
2378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2384 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2391 \begin_layout Chapter
2393 \begin_inset Index idx
2396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2405 \begin_layout Section
2407 \begin_inset Index idx
2410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2419 \begin_layout Subsection
2423 \begin_layout Standard
2424 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2425 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2426 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2427 numbering schemes, and so on.
2428 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2429 and format the title of your document differently.
2432 \begin_layout Standard
2437 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2438 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2439 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2440 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2441 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2444 \begin_layout Standard
2445 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2446 how to adjust their properties.
2449 \begin_layout Subsection
2451 \begin_inset Index idx
2454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2463 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2470 \begin_layout Standard
2471 You can select a class using the
2473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2474 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2478 \begin_inset Index idx
2481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2488 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2492 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2496 \begin_layout Standard
2497 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Article for basic articles
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Report for basic reports
2509 \begin_layout Description
2510 Book for writing a book
2513 \begin_layout Description
2514 Letter for US-style letters
2517 \begin_layout Standard
2518 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2519 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2520 will include many of these.
2521 Here are some of the classes.
2522 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2524 Special Document Classes
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2537 \begin_layout Description
2538 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2542 \begin_layout Description
2543 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2547 \begin_layout Description
2548 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2549 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2550 There are three article layouts available.
2551 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2552 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2553 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2554 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2559 sequential numbering
2560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2563 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2564 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2565 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2566 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 Beamer Layout for presentations
2573 \begin_layout Description
2574 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2575 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2583 \begin_layout Description
2585 \begin_inset space ~
2588 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2595 \begin_layout Description
2596 Foils Used to make transparencies
2599 \begin_layout Description
2600 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2601 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2607 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2614 \begin_layout Description
2615 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2618 \begin_layout Description
2619 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2620 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2621 (Is used by this document.)
2624 \begin_layout Description
2625 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2628 \begin_layout Description
2629 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2632 \begin_layout Description
2637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2644 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2645 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2647 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 Slides Used to make transparencies
2654 \begin_layout Description
2656 \begin_inset space ~
2659 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2660 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2663 \begin_layout Description
2664 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2668 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2670 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2676 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2677 of the document classes.
2680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2684 \begin_layout Standard
2685 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2688 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2690 \begin_inset Index idx
2693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2710 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2711 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2713 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2716 \begin_layout Standard
2718 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2719 and some of them, like
2723 , are highly specialized.
2724 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2725 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2727 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2728 by some document class.
2729 There are just too many of them.
2730 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2733 \begin_layout Standard
2734 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2742 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2743 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2744 document class for a new file.
2745 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2750 Installing new LaTeX files
2751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2758 manual for information on how to install them.
2759 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2765 \begin_layout Standard
2766 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2767 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2769 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2770 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2771 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2773 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2776 \begin_inset space ~
2783 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2786 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2795 \begin_inset Index idx
2798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 \begin_layout Standard
2808 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2809 chosen document class.
2810 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2811 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2822 \begin_inset Index idx
2825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2836 \begin_layout Standard
2837 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2838 always installed by default.
2839 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2840 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2841 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2842 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2843 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2844 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2845 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2848 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2852 \begin_inset Index idx
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2856 Reconfiguration of LyX
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2865 Installing new LaTeX files
2866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2873 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2876 \begin_layout Standard
2877 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2885 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2886 LyX will advise you about these things.
2894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2896 \begin_inset Index idx
2899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2900 Document ! Local Layout
2908 \begin_layout Standard
2909 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2910 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2911 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2912 writing a module for this purpose.
2913 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2914 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2916 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2917 What you want is LyX's
2918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2926 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
2930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2934 \begin_layout Standard
2935 Each class has a default set of options.
2936 Here's a quick table describing them:
2939 \begin_layout Standard
2940 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2946 \begin_layout Standard
2948 \begin_inset Tabular
2949 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2950 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3409 \begin_layout Standard
3410 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3416 \begin_layout Standard
3417 You're probably also wondering what
3418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3422 \begin_inset space ~
3426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3430 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3431 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3436 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3441 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3451 headings, there are also
3459 headings, and so on.
3460 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3461 \begin_inset space ~
3465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3467 reference "sub:Headings"
3474 \begin_layout Subsection
3476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3478 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3483 \begin_inset Index idx
3486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3495 \begin_inset Index idx
3498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3507 \begin_layout Standard
3508 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3521 \begin_inset space ~
3526 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3528 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3529 to use for your document.
3530 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3534 \begin_layout Standard
3541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3547 \begin_inset space ~
3552 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3553 You can choose between the following five options:
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 Use default page style of current class.
3565 \begin_layout Labeling
3566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3571 No page numbers or headings.
3574 \begin_layout Labeling
3575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3583 \begin_layout Labeling
3584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3589 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3590 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3591 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3594 \begin_layout Labeling
3595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3600 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3606 \begin_inset Index idx
3609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3610 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3616 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3617 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3619 Check the documentation for the
3623 package for more details,
3624 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3638 of paragraphs is described in section
3639 \begin_inset space ~
3643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3645 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3652 \begin_layout Subsection
3653 Paper Size and Orientation
3654 \begin_inset Index idx
3657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3658 Document ! Paper size
3664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3666 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 You'll find the following options in the menu
3677 \begin_inset space ~
3682 of the dialog of the
3684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3690 \begin_inset Index idx
3693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3702 \begin_layout Labeling
3703 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3707 \begin_inset space ~
3712 What size paper to print on.
3717 \begin_layout Itemize
3723 \begin_layout Itemize
3729 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 \begin_layout Itemize
3741 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 US letter, US legal, US executive
3747 \begin_layout Itemize
3753 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Labeling
3761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3766 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3777 \begin_layout Labeling
3778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3782 \begin_inset space ~
3787 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3788 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3791 \begin_layout Subsection
3793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3800 \begin_inset Index idx
3803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3810 \begin_inset Index idx
3813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3822 \begin_layout Standard
3823 Paper margins are set in the menu
3825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3829 \begin_inset Index idx
3832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3841 \begin_layout Standard
3842 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3843 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3844 the paper format and the font size into account.
3847 \begin_layout Subsection
3851 \begin_layout Standard
3852 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3857 That includes the paragraph environments.
3858 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3859 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3860 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3861 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3870 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3872 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3873 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3874 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3877 \begin_layout Section
3878 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3879 \begin_inset Index idx
3882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3883 Paragraph ! Indentation
3891 \begin_layout Subsection
3893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3895 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3902 \begin_layout Standard
3903 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3904 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3907 \begin_layout Standard
3908 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3909 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3910 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3911 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3915 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3921 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3922 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3923 language than English.
3924 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3927 \begin_layout Standard
3928 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3929 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3931 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3932 LyX takes care of that.
3933 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3935 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3936 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3937 of a page, and so on.
3941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3942 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3947 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3948 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3952 of these pre-coded spacings.
3953 We'll explain more later.
3956 \begin_layout Subsection
3957 Paragraph Separation
3958 \begin_inset Index idx
3961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3962 Paragraph ! Separation
3970 \begin_layout Standard
3971 To separate paragraphs, select
3982 \begin_inset space ~
3989 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3993 \begin_inset Index idx
3996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4002 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4005 \begin_layout Subsection
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4013 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4015 \begin_inset space ~
4020 dialog and toggle the
4023 \begin_inset space ~
4028 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4031 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4035 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4036 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4040 \begin_layout Standard
4041 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4042 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4045 \begin_layout Subsection
4047 \begin_inset Index idx
4050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4051 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4059 \begin_layout Standard
4062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4066 \begin_inset Index idx
4069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4078 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4081 \begin_inset space ~
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4096 \begin_inset Index idx
4099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4100 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4105 installed to use this feature.
4113 \begin_layout Section
4114 Paragraph Environments
4115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4117 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4122 \begin_inset Index idx
4125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4126 Paragraph ! Environments
4132 \begin_inset Index idx
4135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4136 Paragraph environments|(
4144 \begin_layout Subsection
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4149 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4171 \begin_inset Newline newline
4174 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4175 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4176 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4185 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4188 \begin_layout Standard
4189 A paragraph environment is simply a
4190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4197 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4198 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4199 scheme, labels, and so on.
4200 Additionally, you can
4201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4208 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4209 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4210 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4211 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4212 days of typewriters.
4213 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4215 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4218 \begin_layout Standard
4219 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4220 \begin_inset Graphics
4221 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4227 at the left end of the toolbar.
4228 LyX will change the environment of the
4232 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4233 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4234 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4238 \begin_layout Standard
4247 create a new paragraph using the
4251 paragraph environment.
4253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4260 because if you are in one of these environments:
4263 \begin_layout Itemize
4269 \begin_layout Itemize
4275 \begin_layout Itemize
4281 \begin_layout Itemize
4287 \begin_layout Itemize
4293 \begin_layout Itemize
4299 \begin_layout Itemize
4305 \begin_layout Standard
4306 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4310 , rather than resetting it to
4315 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4316 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4317 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4318 \begin_inset space ~
4322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4324 reference "sec:Nesting"
4329 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4334 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4335 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4339 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4345 \begin_layout Subsection
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 The default paragraph environment is
4355 It creates a plain paragraph.
4356 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4357 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4358 this manual) are in the
4365 \begin_layout Standard
4366 You can nest a paragraph using the
4370 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4378 \begin_layout Subsection
4380 \begin_inset Index idx
4383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4392 \begin_layout Standard
4393 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4402 for thanks or contact information.
4403 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4404 page along with today's date.
4405 For other types of documents, the title
4406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4413 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4417 \begin_layout Standard
4418 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4432 Here's how you use them:
4435 \begin_layout Itemize
4436 Put the title of your document in the
4443 \begin_layout Itemize
4444 Put the author name in the
4451 \begin_layout Itemize
4452 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4453 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4459 Note that using this environment is optional.
4460 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4461 If you don't want any date, add the line
4462 \begin_inset Newline newline
4472 \begin_inset Newline newline
4475 to the preamble of your document (menu
4477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 You can use footnotes to insert
4485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4492 or contact information.
4495 \begin_layout Subsection
4497 \begin_inset Index idx
4500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4516 \begin_layout Standard
4517 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4518 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4523 \begin_inset Index idx
4526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4527 Section headings ! Numbered
4535 \begin_layout Standard
4536 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4540 \begin_layout Enumerate
4546 \begin_layout Enumerate
4552 \begin_layout Enumerate
4558 \begin_layout Enumerate
4564 \begin_layout Enumerate
4570 \begin_layout Enumerate
4576 \begin_layout Enumerate
4582 \begin_layout Standard
4583 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4584 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4585 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4589 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4590 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4591 You group the book into chapters.
4592 LyX does similar grouping:
4595 \begin_layout Itemize
4600 is divided in either
4611 \begin_layout Itemize
4623 \begin_layout Itemize
4635 \begin_layout Itemize
4647 \begin_layout Itemize
4659 \begin_layout Itemize
4671 \begin_layout Standard
4672 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4680 Not all document types use the
4684 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4689 is the top-level heading.
4697 \begin_layout Standard
4702 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4703 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4705 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4719 \begin_inset Index idx
4722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4723 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4731 \begin_layout Standard
4732 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4736 \begin_layout Enumerate
4742 \begin_layout Enumerate
4748 \begin_layout Enumerate
4754 \begin_layout Enumerate
4760 \begin_layout Enumerate
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4775 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4776 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4777 table of contents, see section
4778 \begin_inset space ~
4782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4791 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4792 Changing the Numbering
4793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4795 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4802 \begin_layout Standard
4803 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4804 in the Table of Contents.
4805 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4807 Certain classes start with
4821 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4831 This is something you can change.
4834 \begin_layout Standard
4837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4843 \begin_inset Index idx
4846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4857 \begin_inset space ~
4861 \begin_inset space ~
4866 you'll see two counters.
4871 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4873 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4878 Short Titles of Headings
4879 \begin_inset Index idx
4882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4883 Section headings ! Short titles
4889 \begin_inset Argument
4892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4901 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4910 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4911 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4912 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4915 \begin_layout Standard
4916 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4917 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4918 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4919 To specify a short title, use the menu
4921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4923 \begin_inset space ~
4929 This will insert a box labeled
4930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4945 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4946 This also works for captions inside floats.
4949 \begin_layout Standard
4950 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4953 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4958 The following information applies to all section headings:
4961 \begin_layout Itemize
4962 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4965 \begin_layout Itemize
4966 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4969 \begin_layout Itemize
4970 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4973 \begin_layout Itemize
4974 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4977 \begin_layout Subsection
4978 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4981 \begin_layout Standard
4982 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4996 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4997 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4998 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4999 the text they contain.
5000 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5008 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5012 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5021 when you start a new paragraph.
5022 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5026 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5027 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5028 to change back to the
5032 environment yourself.
5035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5052 \begin_inset Index idx
5055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5064 \begin_layout Standard
5065 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5066 time for the differences.
5075 are identical except for one difference:
5079 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5088 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5091 \begin_layout Standard
5092 Here's an example of the
5105 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5107 See – no indentation!
5111 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5112 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5113 the other paragraph.
5116 \begin_layout Standard
5117 Here's another example, this time in the
5124 \begin_layout Quotation
5130 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5131 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5132 the first line, then
5136 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5140 you were quoting other text.
5143 \begin_layout Quotation
5144 Here's a new paragraph.
5145 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5146 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 As the examples show,
5154 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5155 They should put quotes in the
5160 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5164 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5173 \begin_inset Index idx
5176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5185 \begin_inset Index idx
5188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5204 \begin_layout Standard
5209 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5215 \begin_inset Newline newline
5218 Which I did not rehearse!
5222 It could be much worse.
5223 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5225 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5226 indented a bit more than the first.
5227 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5233 \begin_inset Newline newline
5236 And make things look fine
5237 \begin_inset Newline newline
5243 arg "newline-insert newline"
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5254 does not indent both margins.
5255 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5256 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5263 arg "newline-insert newline"
5269 \begin_layout Subsection
5271 \begin_inset Index idx
5274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5291 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5301 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5310 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5311 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5312 some general features of all four of them.
5315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5319 \begin_layout Standard
5320 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5322 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5331 reset the environment to
5335 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5336 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5337 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5341 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5344 to break paragraphs.
5347 \begin_layout Standard
5348 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5349 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5351 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5352 you read all of section
5353 \begin_inset space ~
5357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5359 reference "sec:Nesting"
5367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5373 \begin_inset Index idx
5376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5392 \begin_layout Standard
5393 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5397 paragraph environment.
5398 It has the following properties:
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5410 \begin_layout Itemize
5411 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 The items can have any length.
5417 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5418 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5425 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 environment inside another
5434 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5438 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5443 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5446 \begin_layout Itemize
5448 \begin_inset space ~
5452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5454 reference "sec:Nesting"
5458 for a full explanation of nesting.
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5463 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5472 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5475 \begin_layout Standard
5476 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5477 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5480 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 The label for the first level
5485 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5489 \begin_layout Itemize
5490 The label for the second level is a dash.
5494 \begin_layout Itemize
5495 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5499 \begin_layout Itemize
5500 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5504 \begin_layout Itemize
5505 Back out to the third level.
5509 \begin_layout Itemize
5510 Back to the second level.
5514 \begin_layout Itemize
5515 Back to the outermost level.
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5519 These are the default labels for an
5524 You can customize these labels in the
5526 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5529 dialog in the submenu
5536 \begin_inset Index idx
5539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5548 \begin_layout Standard
5549 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5550 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5552 \begin_inset space ~
5556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5558 reference "sec:Nesting"
5565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5571 \begin_inset Index idx
5574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5583 name "sec:Enumerate"
5590 \begin_layout Standard
5595 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5596 It has these properties:
5599 \begin_layout Enumerate
5600 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5605 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5613 \begin_layout Enumerate
5618 environment resets the counter to one.
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5636 Items can have any length.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5643 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5647 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5652 \begin_layout Standard
5661 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5662 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5669 \begin_layout Enumerate
5670 The first level of an
5674 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5678 \begin_layout Enumerate
5679 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5688 \begin_layout Enumerate
5689 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5698 \begin_layout Enumerate
5699 Back to the third level
5703 \begin_layout Enumerate
5704 Back to the second level.
5708 \begin_layout Enumerate
5709 Back to the outermost level.
5712 \begin_layout Standard
5713 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5718 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5723 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5727 \begin_layout Standard
5728 There is more to nesting
5732 environments than we've stated here.
5733 You should read section
5734 \begin_inset space ~
5738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5740 reference "sec:Nesting"
5744 to learn more about nesting.
5747 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5753 \begin_inset Index idx
5756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5765 \begin_layout Standard
5766 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5770 list has no fixed label.
5771 Instead, LyX uses the first
5772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5779 of the first line as the label.
5783 \begin_layout Description
5784 Example: This is an example of the
5791 \begin_layout Standard
5792 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5796 \begin_layout Standard
5798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5805 it is meant that the first hit of the
5809 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5811 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5819 arg "space-insert protected"
5824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5825 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5827 \begin_inset space ~
5833 \begin_inset space ~
5837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5839 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5843 for more info.) Here is an example:
5846 \begin_layout Description
5848 \begin_inset space ~
5851 Example: This one shows how to use a
5854 \begin_inset space ~
5866 \begin_layout Description
5867 Usage: You should use the
5871 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5872 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5874 It's not a good idea to use a
5878 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5879 You're better off using
5891 paragraphs into them.
5894 \begin_layout Description
5895 Nesting: You can nest
5899 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5903 \begin_layout Standard
5904 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5905 them from the first line.
5908 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5914 \begin_inset Index idx
5917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5926 \begin_layout Standard
5931 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5934 \begin_layout Standard
5935 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5943 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5948 environment is named
5960 \begin_layout Standard
5969 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5970 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5973 \begin_layout Labeling
5974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5976 \begin_inset space ~
5979 labels LyX uses the first
5980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5987 of each line as the item label.
5992 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5993 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5994 blank as described above.
5997 \begin_layout Labeling
5998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5999 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6000 the body of the item text.
6001 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6002 label width plus a little extra space.
6006 \begin_layout Labeling
6007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6009 \begin_inset space ~
6012 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6014 If the label width is larger, the label
6015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6022 into the first line.
6023 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6024 margin of the rest of the item text.
6027 \begin_layout Labeling
6028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6030 \begin_inset space ~
6033 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6038 environment have the same left margin.
6039 \begin_inset Newline newline
6042 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6045 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6056 \begin_inset space ~
6061 determines the default label width.
6062 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6071 multiple times instead.
6072 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6081 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6084 \begin_inset space ~
6089 every time you alter a label in a
6094 \begin_inset Newline newline
6097 The predefined default width is the length of
6098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6107 \begin_inset Newline newline
6111 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6119 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6120 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6133 environment the same way like the
6137 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6143 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6147 \begin_layout Standard
6152 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6154 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6156 \begin_inset space ~
6160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6162 reference "sec:Nesting"
6166 to learn about nesting.
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6170 There is yet another feature of the
6174 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6176 You can use additional
6180 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6185 are documented in section
6186 \begin_inset space ~
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6192 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6197 Here are some examples:
6198 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6204 \begin_layout Labeling
6205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6206 Left The default for
6213 \begin_layout Labeling
6214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6215 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6222 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6225 \begin_layout Labeling
6226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6231 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6238 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6241 \begin_layout Subsection
6243 \begin_inset Index idx
6246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6256 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6259 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6261 in the document settings.
6262 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6267 \begin_inset Index idx
6270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6271 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6280 Custom Enumerate Lists
6281 \begin_inset Index idx
6284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6285 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6293 \begin_layout Standard
6295 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6301 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6302 There you add the command
6305 \begin_layout Standard
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6314 in TeX Code (shortcut
6324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6325 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6326 \begin_inset space ~
6330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6332 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6345 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6352 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6353 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6366 For Arabic numerals use
6374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6381 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6396 \begin_layout Standard
6398 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6406 You can only number 26
6407 \begin_inset space ~
6410 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6418 \begin_layout Standard
6419 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6420 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6423 \begin_layout Standard
6424 As example a list with custom numbering:
6427 \begin_layout Enumerate
6428 \begin_inset Argument
6431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6457 \begin_layout Enumerate
6458 \begin_inset Argument
6461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6484 \begin_layout Enumerate
6489 \begin_layout Enumerate
6490 \begin_inset Argument
6493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6517 \begin_layout Enumerate
6518 \begin_inset Argument
6521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6547 \begin_layout Standard
6548 For this list these commands were used:
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6562 \begin_inset Newline newline
6570 \begin_inset Newline newline
6578 \begin_inset Newline newline
6588 \begin_layout Standard
6595 makes the label emphasized and
6604 \begin_layout Standard
6605 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6613 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6614 lists until you change the definition.
6622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6624 \begin_inset Index idx
6627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6628 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6636 \begin_layout Standard
6637 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6640 \begin_layout Enumerate
6641 \begin_inset Argument
6644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6663 \begin_inset Note Note
6666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6667 goes back to default numbering
6675 \begin_layout Enumerate
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6683 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6687 \begin_layout Standard
6688 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6693 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6694 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6697 \begin_layout Standard
6698 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6706 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6714 \begin_layout Standard
6715 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6717 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6718 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6719 of a normal new enumeration.
6720 There insert the command
6723 \begin_layout Standard
6729 \begin_layout Standard
6734 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6738 \begin_layout Enumerate
6742 \begin_layout Enumerate
6746 \begin_layout Standard
6747 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6750 \begin_layout Enumerate
6751 \begin_inset Argument
6754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6770 This enumeration starts at 4
6773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6775 \begin_inset Index idx
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6787 \begin_layout Standard
6788 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6790 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6793 \begin_layout Itemize
6797 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 with standard spacing
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6802 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6804 There add the command
6808 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6812 \begin_inset Argument
6815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6834 \begin_layout Itemize
6838 \begin_layout Itemize
6842 \begin_layout Standard
6843 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6849 \begin_inset Index idx
6852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6853 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6859 For more info see its documentation,
6860 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6869 \begin_layout Standard
6870 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6872 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6873 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6877 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6880 \begin_layout Enumerate
6881 \begin_inset Argument
6884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6892 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6905 \begin_layout Enumerate
6906 with negative indentation
6909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6910 Further Customization
6911 \begin_inset Index idx
6914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6924 You can also change the style of description lists.
6928 \begin_layout Standard
6934 \begin_layout Standard
6935 changes the description label font, the command
6938 \begin_layout Standard
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6945 sets the list style.
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6949 An example where the command
6952 \begin_layout Standard
6957 itshape, style=nextline
6960 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_layout Description
6966 \begin_inset space ~
6970 \begin_inset Argument
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6979 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6981 itshape, style=nextline
6991 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6992 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6996 \begin_layout Description
6998 \begin_inset space ~
7001 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7002 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7003 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7006 \begin_layout Standard
7007 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7013 \begin_inset Index idx
7016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7017 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7023 For more info see its documentation,
7024 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7033 \begin_layout Subsection
7035 \begin_inset Index idx
7038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7055 \begin_inset space ~
7063 \begin_layout Standard
7064 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7072 \begin_inset space ~
7078 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7079 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7080 In contrast, you can use the
7087 \begin_inset space ~
7092 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7093 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7097 \begin_layout Standard
7098 Of course, you're not limited to using
7105 \begin_inset space ~
7114 \begin_inset space ~
7119 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7120 some European academic papers.
7123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7127 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7134 \begin_layout Standard
7139 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7140 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7144 \begin_inset space ~
7149 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7150 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7151 Here's an example of each:
7154 \begin_layout Right Address
7156 \begin_inset Newline newline
7160 \begin_inset Newline newline
7164 \begin_inset Newline newline
7167 When is it? What is today?
7170 \begin_layout Standard
7174 \begin_inset space ~
7180 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7181 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7182 Here's an example of the
7189 \begin_layout Address
7191 \begin_inset Newline newline
7194 Where do I send this
7195 \begin_inset Newline newline
7198 Your post office and country
7201 \begin_layout Standard
7202 As you can see, both
7209 \begin_inset space ~
7214 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7219 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7225 This makes sense, since
7233 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7234 Thus, you have to use
7241 arg "newline-insert newline"
7247 \begin_inset space ~
7250 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7252 \begin_inset space ~
7261 menu) to start a new line in an
7268 \begin_inset space ~
7276 \begin_layout Subsection
7280 \begin_layout Standard
7281 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7282 or list of references.
7283 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7286 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7290 \begin_inset Index idx
7293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7302 \begin_layout Standard
7307 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7308 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7309 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7310 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7314 in anything else or vice versa.
7320 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7321 The book document classes ignores the
7325 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7329 in a letter document class.
7332 \begin_layout Standard
7337 environment does several things for you.
7338 First, it puts the centered label
7339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7347 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7349 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7350 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7351 the subsequent text.
7352 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7353 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7356 \begin_layout Standard
7357 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7361 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7362 The new paragraph will still be in the
7367 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7368 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7371 \begin_layout Standard
7372 \begin_inset Float figure
7377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7379 \begin_inset Graphics
7380 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7388 \begin_inset Caption
7390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7393 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7414 \begin_layout Standard
7415 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7419 environment, but since this document is in the
7420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7427 class, we can't do this.
7428 We inserted it therefore as figure
7429 \begin_inset space ~
7433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7435 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7440 If you've never heard of an
7441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7448 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7451 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7457 \begin_inset Index idx
7460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7469 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7476 \begin_layout Standard
7481 environment is used to list references.
7482 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7483 only use it at the end of the document.
7488 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7491 \begin_layout Standard
7492 When you first open a
7496 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7512 depending on the document class.
7513 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7514 Each paragraph of the
7518 environment is a bibliography entry.
7523 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7524 Each new paragraph is still in the
7531 \begin_layout Standard
7532 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7533 by using a BibTeX database.
7534 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7535 phy handling, have a look at in section
7536 \begin_inset space ~
7540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7542 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7549 \begin_layout Subsection
7553 \begin_inset Index idx
7556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7557 Paragraph ! LyX code
7563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7572 \begin_layout Standard
7577 environment is another LyX extension.
7578 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7583 key as a fixed whitespace;
7587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7599 \begin_inset space ~
7604 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7609 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7610 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7613 arg "newline-insert newline"
7630 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7631 So, when you finish using the
7635 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7636 Also, you can nest the
7640 environment inside of others.
7643 \begin_layout Standard
7644 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7647 \begin_layout Itemize
7651 arg "newline-insert newline"
7654 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7659 \begin_inset space \space{}
7669 arg "newline-insert newline"
7675 \begin_layout Itemize
7679 arg "newline-insert newline"
7690 \begin_layout Itemize
7695 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7702 \begin_layout Itemize
7706 arg "space-insert protected"
7713 \begin_layout Itemize
7714 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7715 You must put at least one
7719 in any line you want blank.
7720 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7723 \begin_layout Itemize
7724 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7728 since that will insert
7733 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7736 arg "self-insert \""
7742 \begin_layout Standard
7746 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7750 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7754 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7758 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7762 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7763 printf("Hello World!
7768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7772 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7776 \begin_layout Standard
7777 This is just the standard
7778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7789 \begin_layout Standard
7794 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7795 rc-files, and so on.
7796 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7797 as if you used a typewriter.
7798 \begin_inset Index idx
7801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7802 Paragraph environments|)
7810 \begin_layout Section
7811 Nesting Environments
7812 \begin_inset Index idx
7815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7816 Nesting ! Environments
7822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7831 \begin_layout Subsection
7835 \begin_layout Standard
7836 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7838 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7840 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7842 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7854 \begin_layout Enumerate
7858 \begin_layout Enumerate
7863 \begin_layout Enumerate
7867 \begin_layout Enumerate
7872 \begin_layout Enumerate
7876 \begin_layout Standard
7877 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7878 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7881 \begin_inset space ~
7885 \begin_inset space ~
7893 \begin_inset space ~
7897 \begin_inset space ~
7906 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7907 will tell you how far you are nested).
7908 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7911 arg "depth-increment"
7917 arg "depth-decrement"
7920 or the convenient key bindings
7931 arg "depth-increment"
7937 arg "depth-decrement"
7940 to change the nesting level.
7941 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7942 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7946 \begin_layout Standard
7947 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7948 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7949 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7950 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7953 \begin_layout Standard
7954 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7955 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7957 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7960 \begin_layout Subsection
7961 What You Can and Can't Nest
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7965 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7966 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7969 \begin_layout Standard
7970 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7971 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7972 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7976 Completely unnestable
7979 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7984 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7991 environments have them:
7994 \begin_layout Description
7995 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7996 Can't nest into them.
8000 \begin_layout Itemize
8006 \begin_layout Itemize
8012 \begin_layout Itemize
8018 \begin_layout Itemize
8024 \begin_layout Itemize
8031 \begin_layout Description
8033 \begin_inset space ~
8036 Nestable You can nest them.
8037 You can nest other things into them.
8041 \begin_layout Itemize
8047 \begin_layout Itemize
8053 \begin_layout Itemize
8059 \begin_layout Itemize
8065 \begin_layout Itemize
8071 \begin_layout Itemize
8077 \begin_layout Itemize
8083 \begin_layout Itemize
8090 \begin_layout Description
8091 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8092 You can't nest anything into them.
8096 \begin_layout Itemize
8102 \begin_layout Itemize
8108 \begin_layout Itemize
8114 \begin_layout Itemize
8120 \begin_layout Itemize
8126 \begin_layout Itemize
8132 \begin_layout Itemize
8138 \begin_layout Itemize
8144 \begin_layout Itemize
8150 \begin_layout Itemize
8156 \begin_layout Itemize
8162 \begin_layout Itemize
8168 \begin_layout Itemize
8174 \begin_layout Itemize
8178 \begin_inset space ~
8184 \begin_layout Itemize
8191 \begin_layout Standard
8192 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8200 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8209 \begin_inset space ~
8213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8217 \begin_inset space \space{}
8220 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8221 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8222 section headings violate this.
8230 \begin_layout Subsection
8231 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8232 \begin_inset Index idx
8235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8236 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8244 \begin_layout Standard
8245 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8246 affected by nesting anyhow.
8250 \begin_layout Itemize
8254 \begin_layout Itemize
8258 \begin_layout Itemize
8262 \begin_layout Standard
8264 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8272 Figures and tables in
8276 are not affected by this.
8281 Have a look at section
8282 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8288 reference "sec:Floats"
8292 for more information about
8299 \begin_layout Standard
8300 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8301 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8305 \begin_layout Standard
8306 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8314 of its own, it behaves just like a
8315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8322 paragraph environment.
8323 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8327 \begin_layout Standard
8328 Here's an example with a table:
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8336 \begin_layout Enumerate
8337 This is (a) and it's nested.
8341 \begin_layout Standard
8342 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8348 \begin_layout Standard
8350 \begin_inset Tabular
8351 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8352 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8438 \begin_layout Standard
8439 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8446 \begin_layout Enumerate
8448 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8452 \begin_layout Enumerate
8456 \begin_layout Standard
8457 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8460 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 \begin_layout Enumerate
8466 This is (a) and it's nested.
8470 \begin_layout Standard
8471 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8477 \begin_layout Standard
8479 \begin_inset Tabular
8480 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8481 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8482 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8567 \begin_layout Standard
8568 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8574 \begin_layout Enumerate
8581 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8584 \begin_layout Enumerate
8588 \begin_layout Standard
8589 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8593 \begin_layout Standard
8594 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8596 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8599 \begin_layout Enumerate
8604 \begin_layout Enumerate
8605 This is (a) and it's nested.
8608 \begin_layout Standard
8609 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8615 \begin_layout Standard
8617 \begin_inset Tabular
8618 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8619 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8706 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8712 \begin_layout Enumerate
8714 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8722 \begin_layout Enumerate
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8727 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8733 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8734 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8738 \begin_layout Subsection
8739 Usage and General Features
8742 \begin_layout Standard
8743 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8752 is the innermost possible depth.
8753 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8756 \begin_layout Enumerate
8757 level #1 – outermost
8761 \begin_layout Enumerate
8766 \begin_layout Enumerate
8771 \begin_layout Enumerate
8776 \begin_layout Itemize
8781 \begin_layout Itemize
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8791 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8792 both of them in the example.
8793 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8803 For example, if we tried to nest another
8808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8815 , we would get errors.
8818 \begin_layout Subsection
8820 \begin_inset Index idx
8823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8832 \begin_layout Standard
8833 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8834 We have several examples of nested environments.
8835 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8840 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8843 \begin_layout Labeling
8844 \labelwidthstring MMM
8845 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8854 \begin_layout Labeling
8855 \labelwidthstring MMM
8856 #2-a This is level #2.
8857 We created it by using
8860 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8866 arg "depth-increment"
8873 \begin_layout Labeling
8874 \labelwidthstring MMM
8875 #3-a This is level #3.
8876 This time, we just hit
8883 arg "depth-increment"
8887 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8891 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8897 arg "depth-increment"
8904 \begin_layout Standard
8909 environment, nested inside of
8910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8918 So, it's at level #4.
8919 We did this by hitting
8922 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8928 arg "depth-increment"
8931 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8936 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8952 \begin_layout Standard
8957 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8960 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8966 \begin_layout Labeling
8967 \labelwidthstring MMM
8968 #4-a This is level #4.
8972 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8975 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8980 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8984 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8989 keep nesting things inside
8990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9001 \begin_layout Labeling
9002 \labelwidthstring MMM
9003 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9008 \begin_layout Labeling
9009 \labelwidthstring MMM
9010 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9011 and this is level #6.
9012 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9016 \begin_layout Labeling
9017 \labelwidthstring MMM
9018 #5-b Back to level #5.
9022 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9028 arg "depth-decrement"
9035 \begin_layout Labeling
9036 \labelwidthstring MMM
9040 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9046 arg "depth-decrement"
9049 , we're back at level #4.
9053 \begin_layout Labeling
9054 \labelwidthstring MMM
9055 #3-b Back to level #3.
9056 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9060 \begin_layout Labeling
9061 \labelwidthstring MMM
9062 #2-b Back to level #2.
9067 \begin_layout Labeling
9068 \labelwidthstring MMM
9069 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9070 After this sentence, we'll hit
9074 and change the paragraph environment back to
9081 \begin_layout Standard
9082 We could have also used the
9098 environment in place of the
9103 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9106 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9107 Example 2: Inheritance
9110 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9111 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9114 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9123 arg "depth-increment"
9126 , after which, we'll change to the
9134 \begin_layout Enumerate
9139 environment, at level #2.
9142 \begin_layout Enumerate
9143 Notice how the nested
9147 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9151 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9155 \begin_layout Standard
9156 We ended this example by hitting
9161 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9165 and reset the nesting depth by using
9168 arg "depth-decrement"
9174 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9175 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9184 \begin_inset Argument
9187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9188 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9196 \begin_layout Enumerate
9197 This is level #1, in an
9201 paragraph environment.
9202 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9206 \begin_layout Enumerate
9211 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9217 arg "depth-increment"
9221 Now, what happens if we nest an
9225 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9226 label be? An asterisk?
9230 \begin_layout Itemize
9240 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9241 So, its label is a bullet.
9242 (We got here by using
9245 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9251 arg "depth-increment"
9254 , then changing the environment to
9262 \begin_layout Itemize
9263 Here's level #4, produced using
9266 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9272 arg "depth-increment"
9276 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9281 \begin_layout Enumerate
9282 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9284 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9289 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9293 , because we are in the
9302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9321 \begin_layout Enumerate
9326 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9327 type of numbering does LyX use?
9330 \begin_layout Enumerate
9331 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9334 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9337 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9340 \begin_layout Enumerate
9344 arg "depth-decrement"
9347 to decrease the depth after the next
9350 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9357 \begin_layout Enumerate
9359 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9363 \begin_layout Enumerate
9365 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9366 numeral as the label.Why?
9369 \begin_layout Enumerate
9370 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9379 Notice, however, that LyX
9383 reset the counter for the label.
9387 \begin_layout Enumerate
9391 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9397 arg "depth-decrement"
9400 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9401 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9402 into the twofold-nested
9410 \begin_layout Enumerate
9411 The same thing happens if we do another
9414 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9420 arg "depth-decrement"
9423 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9426 \begin_layout Standard
9427 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9432 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9446 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9452 The same rule applies for the
9456 environment, as well.
9459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9460 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9463 \begin_layout Enumerate
9464 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9465 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9466 same detail with how we did it.
9475 \begin_layout Standard
9483 arg "depth-increment"
9490 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9491 example in parentheses someplace.
9492 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9493 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9494 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9498 \begin_layout Enumerate
9503 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9508 Now we'll add verse.
9509 \begin_inset Newline newline
9512 It will get much worse.
9513 \begin_inset Newline newline
9523 arg "depth-increment"
9534 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9535 \begin_inset Newline newline
9538 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9539 \begin_inset Newline newline
9545 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9558 \begin_layout Standard
9559 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9565 \begin_layout Standard
9567 \begin_inset Tabular
9568 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9569 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9660 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9670 arg "depth-increment"
9676 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9686 arg "depth-decrement"
9693 \begin_layout Enumerate
9698 : level #1) This is another item.
9699 Note that selecting a
9703 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9704 3 times to put the table inside the
9712 \begin_layout Quotation
9713 We're now ending the
9717 list and changing to
9722 We're still at level #1.
9723 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9724 The next set of paragraphs is a
9725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9739 \begin_inset space ~
9744 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9748 for the letter body.
9752 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9755 to preserve the depth.
9756 Remember that you need to use
9759 arg "newline-insert newline"
9762 to create multiple lines inside the
9769 \begin_inset space ~
9779 \begin_layout Right Address
9781 \begin_inset Newline newline
9784 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9785 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_layout Address
9793 \begin_inset space ~
9799 \begin_layout Quotation
9800 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9801 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9804 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9805 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9806 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9807 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9808 as soon as possible.
9809 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9812 \begin_layout Quotation
9813 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9814 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9815 with your order, along with payment.
9818 \begin_layout Quotation
9819 We thank you again for your patience.
9822 \begin_layout Address
9824 \begin_inset Newline newline
9831 \begin_layout Quotation
9832 That ends that example!
9835 \begin_layout Standard
9836 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9837 just a few keystrokes.
9838 We could have easily nested an
9859 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9862 \begin_layout Section
9863 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9864 \begin_inset Index idx
9867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9876 \begin_layout Standard
9877 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9878 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9879 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9880 be broken at the end of a line.
9881 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9885 \begin_layout Subsection
9887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9889 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9894 \begin_inset Index idx
9897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9906 \begin_layout Standard
9907 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9909 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9913 Further documentation is given in section
9914 \begin_inset Newline newline
9918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9920 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9928 \begin_layout Standard
9929 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9944 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9953 A protected space is set with
9955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9956 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9960 \begin_inset space ~
9970 arg "space-insert protected"
9976 \begin_layout Subsection
9978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9980 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9985 \begin_inset Index idx
9988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9989 Spacing ! Horizontal
9997 \begin_layout Standard
9998 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10001 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10005 The length units are listed in Appendix
10006 \begin_inset space ~
10010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10012 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10023 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10028 \begin_inset Index idx
10031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10032 Spaces ! Inter-word
10040 \begin_layout Standard
10042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10046 \begin_inset space \space{}
10049 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10050 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10051 \begin_inset space ~
10055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10057 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10062 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10063 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10066 arg "space-insert normal"
10072 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10076 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10081 \begin_inset Index idx
10084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10093 \begin_layout Standard
10095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10102 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10111 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10112 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10113 inside abbreviations:
10116 \begin_layout Quote
10118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10122 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10125 \begin_layout Standard
10126 or between values and units.
10127 Compare for example this:
10128 \begin_inset Newline newline
10132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10136 \begin_inset Newline newline
10139 10 kg (normal space
10142 \begin_layout Standard
10143 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10148 \begin_inset space ~
10156 arg "space-insert thin"
10162 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10166 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10173 \begin_layout Standard
10174 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10177 \begin_layout Description
10179 \begin_inset space ~
10183 \begin_inset space ~
10186 space A line with a
10187 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10191 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10195 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10198 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10201 \begin_layout Description
10203 \begin_inset space ~
10207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10211 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10215 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10219 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10226 em) space between the arrows.
10229 \begin_layout Description
10231 \begin_inset space ~
10235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10239 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10243 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10247 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10251 \begin_inset space ~
10255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10258 em) space between the arrows.
10261 \begin_layout Description
10263 \begin_inset space ~
10267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10271 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10275 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10279 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10283 \begin_inset space ~
10287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10290 em) space between the arrows.
10293 \begin_layout Description
10295 \begin_inset space ~
10299 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10303 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10308 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10315 cm space between the arrows.
10318 \begin_layout Standard
10320 \begin_inset space ~
10324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10326 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10330 lists the different space sizes.
10333 \begin_layout Standard
10334 \begin_inset Float table
10339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10341 \begin_inset Caption
10343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10346 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10350 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10360 \begin_inset Tabular
10361 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10362 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10363 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10364 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10519 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10581 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10587 \begin_inset Index idx
10590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10599 \begin_layout Standard
10600 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10601 in a uniform fashion.
10602 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10603 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10604 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10605 equally between themselves.
10609 \begin_layout Standard
10610 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10613 \begin_layout Quote
10615 This is on the left side
10616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10619 This is on the right
10622 \begin_layout Quote
10625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10635 \begin_layout Quote
10638 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10642 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10652 \begin_layout Standard
10653 That was an example in the
10659 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10663 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10667 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10670 is one in a standard paragraph.
10671 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10675 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10678 \begin_layout Standard
10679 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10682 \begin_inset space ~
10687 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10692 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10696 \begin_inset space ~
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10704 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10708 \begin_inset space ~
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10716 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10720 \begin_inset space ~
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10728 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10740 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10744 \begin_inset space ~
10750 \begin_layout Standard
10752 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10756 \begin_inset space ~
10762 \begin_layout Standard
10763 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10771 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10775 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10776 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10777 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10781 option in the space dialog.
10789 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10791 \begin_inset Index idx
10794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10806 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10810 \begin_inset space \space{}
10813 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10816 \begin_layout Standard
10817 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10820 What is correct English?:
10821 \begin_inset Newline newline
10825 \begin_inset Newline newline
10829 \begin_inset space ~
10832 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10833 \begin_inset Newline newline
10837 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10848 \begin_inset Newline newline
10852 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10863 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10869 \begin_layout Standard
10870 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10875 \begin_inset space ~
10879 \begin_inset space ~
10883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10887 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10890 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10894 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10900 \begin_inset space ~
10904 \begin_inset space ~
10908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10911 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10920 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10921 That is why it is named
10922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10930 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10931 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10935 \begin_layout Subsection
10937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10939 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10944 \begin_inset Index idx
10947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10956 \begin_layout Standard
10957 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10960 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10962 \begin_inset space ~
10968 There you find the following sizes:
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10984 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10989 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10991 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10995 \begin_inset Index idx
10998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10999 Document ! Settings
11004 for the paragraph separation.
11005 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11016 \begin_layout Standard
11022 \begin_inset Index idx
11025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11031 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11032 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11034 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11035 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11044 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11053 s are described in section
11054 \begin_inset space ~
11058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11060 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11069 If there are several
11073 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11074 You can therefore use
11078 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11081 \begin_layout Standard
11086 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11087 \begin_inset space ~
11091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11093 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11100 \begin_layout Standard
11101 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11111 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11112 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11124 \begin_layout Subsection
11125 Paragraph Alignment
11128 \begin_layout Standard
11129 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11131 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11135 There are five possibilities:
11138 \begin_layout Itemize
11146 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11152 \begin_layout Itemize
11160 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11166 \begin_layout Itemize
11174 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11180 \begin_layout Itemize
11188 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11194 \begin_layout Itemize
11202 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11208 \begin_layout Standard
11209 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11210 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11211 the left and right margins.
11212 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11215 \begin_layout Standard
11217 This paragraph is right aligned,
11220 \begin_layout Standard
11222 this one is centered,
11225 \begin_layout Standard
11227 this one is left aligned.
11230 \begin_layout Subsection
11232 \begin_inset Index idx
11235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11236 Page breaks ! Forced
11242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11244 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11251 \begin_layout Standard
11252 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11253 can force a page break where you want one.
11254 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11255 Only if you use a lot of
11259 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11262 \begin_layout Standard
11263 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11264 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11268 have to change the page breaking.
11271 \begin_layout Standard
11272 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11274 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11277 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11279 \begin_inset space ~
11285 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11288 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11290 \begin_inset space ~
11295 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11297 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11298 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11301 \begin_layout Standard
11302 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11303 at the top of a page.
11304 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11305 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11306 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11307 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11311 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11315 to learn more about
11322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11326 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11331 \begin_inset Index idx
11334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11335 Page breaks ! Clear
11343 \begin_layout Standard
11344 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11345 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11346 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11347 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11348 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11351 \begin_layout Standard
11352 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11354 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11355 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11357 \begin_inset space ~
11363 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11365 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11366 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11368 \begin_inset space ~
11372 \begin_inset space ~
11377 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11378 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11381 \begin_layout Subsection
11383 \begin_inset Index idx
11386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11395 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11402 \begin_layout Standard
11403 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11405 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11408 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11410 \begin_inset space ~
11414 \begin_inset space ~
11422 arg "newline-insert newline"
11426 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11429 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11431 \begin_inset space ~
11435 \begin_inset space ~
11440 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11442 This is necessary to avoid
11443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11450 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11453 \begin_layout Standard
11454 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11455 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11456 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11457 set a line break, e.
11458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11462 \begin_inset space \space{}
11465 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11466 \begin_inset space ~
11470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11472 reference "sec:Quote"
11477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11479 reference "sec:Verse"
11484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11486 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11493 \begin_layout Subsection
11495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11497 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11502 \begin_inset Index idx
11505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11514 \begin_layout Standard
11516 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11527 \begin_layout Standard
11530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11531 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11533 \begin_inset space ~
11538 you can insert horizontal lines.
11539 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11540 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11543 \begin_layout Standard
11545 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11556 \begin_layout Section
11557 Characters and Symbols
11560 \begin_layout Standard
11561 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11562 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11567 \begin_inset space \space{}
11570 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11578 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11582 for information on how this is done.
11585 \begin_layout Standard
11586 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11591 dialog via the menu
11593 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11594 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11600 \begin_layout Standard
11601 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11610 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11611 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11619 \begin_layout Section
11620 Fonts and Text Styles
11621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11623 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11630 \begin_layout Subsection
11632 \begin_inset Index idx
11635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11644 \begin_layout Standard
11645 There are two types of fonts:
11648 \begin_layout Description
11650 \begin_inset space ~
11654 \begin_inset Index idx
11657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11663 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11668 characters) in the font.
11669 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11670 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11671 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11672 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11673 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11674 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11675 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11676 \begin_inset Newline newline
11679 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11680 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11681 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11682 sizes than at small ones.
11683 \begin_inset Newline newline
11697 \begin_inset space ~
11705 \begin_layout Description
11707 \begin_inset space ~
11711 \begin_inset Index idx
11714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11720 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11721 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11722 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11723 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11724 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11725 picture manipulation program.
11726 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11727 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11728 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11729 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11730 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11732 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11733 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11734 \begin_inset Newline newline
11737 Bitmap fonts are named
11740 \begin_inset space ~
11745 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11748 \begin_layout Standard
11749 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11750 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11751 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11752 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11753 use scalable fonts.
11756 \begin_layout Standard
11757 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11758 its document properties.
11761 \begin_layout Standard
11762 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11763 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11764 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11765 font to emphasize text, you use an
11766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11774 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11775 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11779 \begin_layout Subsection
11781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11783 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11790 \begin_layout Standard
11791 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11792 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11793 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11795 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11796 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11797 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11798 to usual word processors.
11799 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11800 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11801 across different machines.
11802 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11803 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11805 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11807 \begin_inset space ~
11811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11813 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11818 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11819 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11823 \begin_layout Standard
11824 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11825 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11826 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11827 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11828 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11829 that is installed on your system.
11830 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11833 \begin_layout Standard
11834 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11842 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11843 es; so you might have to experiment.
11851 \begin_layout Standard
11852 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11860 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11861 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11869 \begin_layout Subsection
11870 Document Font and Font size
11871 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11873 name "sub:Document-Font"
11878 \begin_inset Index idx
11881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11888 \begin_inset Index idx
11891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11900 \begin_layout Standard
11901 You can set the document fonts in the
11903 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11907 \begin_inset Index idx
11910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11911 Document ! Settings
11921 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11922 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11925 \begin_inset space ~
11934 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11935 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11939 \begin_layout Standard
11946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11955 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11956 This requires that you use
11962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12001 as output format, i.
12002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12006 \begin_inset space ~
12009 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12010 \begin_inset space ~
12014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12016 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12021 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12023 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12025 \begin_inset space ~
12028 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12029 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12030 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12032 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12035 \begin_layout Standard
12036 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12041 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12046 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12047 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12069 European Computer Modern
12072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12079 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12082 \begin_layout Standard
12091 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12092 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12097 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12100 \begin_inset space ~
12105 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12111 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12112 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12115 \begin_layout Itemize
12124 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12138 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12142 as the default font.
12143 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12144 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12157 One difference is improved kerning for the
12169 \begin_layout Itemize
12178 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
12182 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12197 Virtual means that it
12198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12209 -glyphs from other fonts.
12210 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12232 Loading the LaTeX-package
12237 \begin_inset Index idx
12240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12241 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12246 with the document preamble line
12247 \begin_inset Newline newline
12254 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12255 \begin_inset Newline newline
12260 will fix the guillemet problem.
12265 and that accented characters are not
12269 glyph, but build of
12273 characters, the accent and the letter.
12274 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12280 If you search for example for the French word
12281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12288 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12297 and not for the glyph
12298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12302 \begin_inset space ~
12306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12312 \begin_layout Itemize
12313 If you do not like the look of
12321 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12326 \begin_inset space ~
12340 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12341 \begin_inset space ~
12344 serif and typewriter fonts
12348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12349 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12361 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
12362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12374 , different shapes of the same font, i.
12375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12388 , but you can also select your own.
12389 \begin_inset Newline newline
12392 The differences between roman,
12395 \begin_inset space ~
12404 fonts are explained in section
12405 \begin_inset space ~
12409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12411 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12416 \begin_inset Newline newline
12423 was originally designed for newspapers.
12424 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12425 into the small newspaper columns.
12430 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12431 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12434 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12447 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12452 depends on the class you are using.
12453 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12456 \begin_layout Standard
12457 Note that the font size is the
12462 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12463 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12464 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12467 \begin_inset space ~
12473 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12474 \begin_inset space ~
12478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12480 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12487 \begin_layout Standard
12492 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12494 \begin_inset space ~
12497 serif or typewriter.
12502 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12512 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12515 \begin_layout Standard
12524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12533 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12539 \begin_inset space ~
12543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12545 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12550 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12551 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12558 \begin_layout Standard
12559 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12561 Use Old Style Figures
12565 Use True Small Caps
12568 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12571 Use Old Style Figures
12573 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12575 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12579 \begin_inset space ~
12582 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12585 Use True Small Caps
12587 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12588 of scaled capitals.
12589 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12590 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12593 \begin_layout Standard
12598 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12599 a font to display the script characters.
12603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12604 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12609 So this has no effect for the document language
12625 \begin_layout Standard
12626 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12630 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12638 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12642 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12643 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12644 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12646 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12649 dialog, see section
12650 \begin_inset space ~
12654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12656 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12668 \begin_layout Subsection
12669 Using Different Character Styles
12670 \begin_inset Index idx
12673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12680 \begin_inset Index idx
12683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12692 \begin_layout Standard
12693 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12694 certain paragraph environments.
12695 LyX supports two character styles,
12704 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12708 \begin_layout Standard
12713 style, do one of the following:
12716 \begin_layout Itemize
12717 click on the toolbar button
12726 \begin_layout Itemize
12727 use the key binding
12736 \begin_layout Standard
12737 These commands are all toggles.
12742 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12745 \begin_layout Standard
12746 One typically uses the
12750 style for proper names.
12752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12759 is the original author of LyX.
12760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12766 \begin_layout Standard
12767 A more widely used character style is the
12772 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12779 \begin_layout Itemize
12780 clicking on the toolbar button
12789 \begin_layout Itemize
12790 using the keybindings
12799 \begin_layout Standard
12804 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12805 es use a different font.
12808 \begin_layout Standard
12809 We've been using the
12813 style all over the place in this document.
12814 Here's one more example:
12817 \begin_layout Quotation
12820 Don't overuse character styles!
12823 \begin_layout Standard
12824 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12825 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12826 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12827 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12831 \begin_layout Standard
12832 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12840 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12842 \begin_inset space ~
12850 \begin_layout Subsection
12851 Fine-Tuning with the
12856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12858 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12863 \begin_inset Index idx
12866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12875 \begin_layout Standard
12876 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12877 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12878 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12879 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12880 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12881 from ordinary dialog.
12884 \begin_layout Standard
12885 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12886 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12887 \begin_inset Newline newline
12890 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12891 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12894 \begin_layout Standard
12895 To use custom character styles, open the
12897 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12899 \begin_inset space ~
12902 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12903 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12907 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12908 font property which you can choose.
12909 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12912 \begin_inset space ~
12917 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12922 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12923 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12924 environments in a snap.
12927 \begin_layout Standard
12928 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12931 \begin_inset space ~
12943 \begin_layout Labeling
12944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12958 The possible options are:
12962 \begin_layout Labeling
12963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12968 This is the Roman font family.
12969 Normally a serif font.
12970 It's also the default family.
12980 \begin_layout Labeling
12981 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12985 \begin_inset space ~
12992 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13004 \begin_layout Labeling
13005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13012 This is the Typewriter font family.
13018 arg "font-typewriter"
13027 \begin_layout Labeling
13028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13033 This corresponds to the print weight.
13038 \begin_layout Labeling
13039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13044 This is the Medium font series.
13045 It's also the default series.
13048 \begin_layout Labeling
13049 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13056 This is the Bold font series.
13069 \begin_layout Labeling
13070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13075 As the name implies.
13080 \begin_layout Labeling
13081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13086 This is the Upright font shape.
13087 It's also the default shape.
13090 \begin_layout Labeling
13091 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13105 s the Italic font shape
13111 \begin_layout Labeling
13112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13119 This is the Slanted font shape
13121 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13124 \begin_layout Labeling
13125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13129 \begin_inset space ~
13136 This is the Small caps font shape
13143 \begin_layout Labeling
13144 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13149 Alters the size of the font.
13150 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13151 nal to the document font size.
13152 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13153 what you want to do.
13158 \begin_layout Labeling
13159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13180 arg "font-size tiny"
13186 \begin_layout Labeling
13187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13208 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13214 \begin_layout Labeling
13215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13236 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13242 \begin_layout Labeling
13243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13264 arg "font-size small"
13270 \begin_layout Labeling
13271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13285 It's also the default size.
13289 arg "font-size normal"
13295 \begin_layout Labeling
13296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13317 arg "font-size large"
13323 \begin_layout Labeling
13324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13345 arg "font-size larger"
13351 \begin_layout Labeling
13352 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13373 arg "font-size largest"
13379 \begin_layout Labeling
13380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13401 arg "font-size huge"
13407 \begin_layout Labeling
13408 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13429 arg "font-size giant"
13435 \begin_layout Labeling
13436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13441 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13461 arg "font-size increase"
13467 \begin_layout Labeling
13468 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13473 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13493 arg "font-size decrease"
13500 \begin_layout Standard
13505 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13506 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13507 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13508 — use that instead.
13509 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13512 \begin_layout Labeling
13513 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13518 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13523 \begin_layout Labeling
13524 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13531 This is text with emphasize on
13534 This might seem like the same as
13538 , but it is actually a bit different.
13544 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13546 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13549 \begin_layout Labeling
13550 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13557 This is text with Underbar on.
13563 arg "font-underline"
13569 \begin_inset Newline newline
13574 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13575 when you couldn't change fonts.
13576 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13577 It's only included in LyX because some people
13581 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13584 \begin_layout Labeling
13585 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13589 \begin_inset space ~
13596 This is text with Double underbar on.
13602 arg "font-underunderline"
13606 \begin_inset Newline newline
13609 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13610 about double underbar.
13613 \begin_layout Labeling
13614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13618 \begin_inset space ~
13625 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13631 arg "font-underwave"
13635 \begin_inset Newline newline
13638 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13639 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13642 \begin_layout Labeling
13643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13650 This is text with Strikeout on.
13656 arg "font-strikeout"
13659 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13663 \begin_layout Labeling
13664 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13671 This is text with Noun on.
13678 , this is a logical attribute.
13679 Normally it's equivalent to
13682 \begin_inset space ~
13691 \begin_layout Labeling
13692 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13697 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13698 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13702 \begin_inset space ~
13707 , which is the default
13708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13715 and means normally black, you can choose between
13748 \begin_inset Index idx
13751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13760 \begin_layout Labeling
13761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13766 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13767 the language of the document.
13768 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13772 \begin_layout Standard
13773 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13774 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13776 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13778 \begin_inset space ~
13783 dialog, the settings are saved.
13784 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13787 arg "textstyle-apply"
13791 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13796 \begin_layout Standard
13797 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13804 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13805 (suppose you just set the shape to
13806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13824 \begin_inset space ~
13836 \begin_layout Standard
13837 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13845 \begin_inset space ~
13857 \begin_layout Itemize
13863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13870 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13888 \begin_inset Newline newline
13892 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13906 \begin_inset Note Note
13909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13910 For more on phantoms see section
13911 \begin_inset space ~
13915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13917 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13927 \begin_inset Newline newline
13933 \begin_layout Itemize
13938 fonts use characters with serifs.
13939 These are the small
13940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13947 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13948 The following example will show the difference:
13949 \begin_inset Newline newline
13953 \begin_inset Newline newline
13958 text without serifs
13961 \begin_inset Newline newline
13964 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13965 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13972 \begin_layout Itemize
13978 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13979 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13982 \begin_layout Standard
13983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13990 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13991 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13992 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13994 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13995 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13996 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14013 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14014 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14022 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14031 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14066 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14075 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14081 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14084 \begin_layout Section
14085 Printing and Previewing
14088 \begin_layout Subsection
14092 \begin_layout Standard
14093 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14094 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14095 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14096 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14097 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14099 Additional Features
14104 \begin_layout Standard
14105 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14106 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14107 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14108 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14109 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14110 This happens in two stages:
14113 \begin_layout Enumerate
14114 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14115 generating a file with the extension,
14116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14130 \begin_layout Enumerate
14131 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14135 file to produce printable output.
14139 \begin_layout Subsection
14140 Output file formats
14141 \begin_inset Index idx
14144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14153 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14160 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14161 Simple text (ASCII)
14162 \begin_inset Index idx
14165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14166 File formats ! ASCII
14174 \begin_layout Standard
14175 This file type has the extension
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14188 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14192 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14199 \begin_layout Standard
14200 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14202 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14203 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14205 \begin_inset space ~
14212 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14213 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14215 \begin_inset space ~
14219 \begin_inset space ~
14225 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14229 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14231 \begin_inset Index idx
14234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14235 File formats ! LaTeX
14243 \begin_layout Standard
14244 This file type has the extension
14245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14256 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14258 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14259 it manually with console commands.
14260 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14261 you view or export your document.
14264 \begin_layout Standard
14265 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14267 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14268 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14287 \begin_inset Index idx
14290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14299 \begin_layout Standard
14300 This file type has the extension
14301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14321 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14322 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14323 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14327 \begin_layout Standard
14328 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14329 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14330 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14331 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14333 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14336 \begin_layout Standard
14337 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14339 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14340 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14345 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14346 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14348 \begin_inset space ~
14355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14365 The latter option uses the program
14374 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14375 font access (see section
14376 \begin_inset space ~
14380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14382 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14387 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14391 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14393 \begin_inset Index idx
14396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14397 File formats ! PostScript
14405 \begin_layout Standard
14406 This file type has the extension
14407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14419 PostScript was developed by the company
14423 as a printer language.
14424 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14426 PostScript can be seen as a
14427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14430 programming language
14431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14434 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14439 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14445 \begin_inset Index idx
14448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14449 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14459 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14462 \begin_layout Standard
14463 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14467 Encapsulated PostScript
14468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14471 (EPS, file extension
14472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14485 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14490 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14494 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14495 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14496 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14497 EPS to avoid this problem.
14500 \begin_layout Standard
14501 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14503 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14504 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14512 \begin_inset Index idx
14515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14522 \begin_inset Index idx
14525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14535 This file type has the extension
14536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14552 Portable Document Format
14553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14560 was derived from PostScript.
14561 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14570 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14571 looks exactly the same.
14574 \begin_layout Standard
14575 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14579 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14583 (JPG, file extension
14584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14611 Portable Network Graphics
14612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14615 (PNG, file extension
14616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14628 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14629 in the background to one of these formats.
14630 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14631 will slow down your workflow.
14632 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14635 \begin_layout Standard
14636 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14638 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14641 in three different ways:
14644 \begin_layout Description
14645 PDF This uses the program
14649 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14650 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14654 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14655 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14658 \begin_layout Description
14660 \begin_inset space ~
14663 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14667 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14671 \begin_layout Description
14673 \begin_inset space ~
14676 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14680 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14683 \begin_layout Description
14685 \begin_inset space ~
14692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14699 X) This uses the program
14703 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14708 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14709 font access (see section
14710 \begin_inset space ~
14714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14716 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14721 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14724 \begin_layout Description
14726 \begin_inset space ~
14733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14740 X) This uses the program
14744 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14749 is an even newer engine, derived from
14753 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14754 access (see section
14755 \begin_inset space ~
14759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14761 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14766 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14770 \begin_layout Standard
14771 We recommend to use
14774 \begin_inset space ~
14783 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14784 works without problems.
14785 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14786 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14790 \begin_inset space ~
14797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14809 \begin_inset space ~
14816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14825 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14833 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14835 \begin_inset Index idx
14838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14839 FileFormats ! XHTML
14845 \begin_inset Index idx
14848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14857 \begin_layout Standard
14858 This file type has the extension
14859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14871 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14872 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14873 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14874 suitable for the purpose.
14875 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14876 it, but not all do.
14879 \begin_layout Standard
14880 XHTML output remains
14881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14888 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14893 LyX and the World Wide Web
14894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14899 Additional Features
14901 manual, for more information.
14904 \begin_layout Standard
14905 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14907 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14908 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14914 \begin_layout Subsection
14916 \begin_inset Index idx
14919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 \begin_layout Standard
14929 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14930 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14939 or the toolbar button
14946 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14947 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14948 \begin_inset space ~
14952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14954 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14958 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14960 \begin_inset space ~
14964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14966 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14971 Further output formats can be selected via
14973 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14976 or the toolbar button
14977 \begin_inset Graphics
14978 filename ../images/view-others.png
14980 groupId toolbarbuttons
14987 \begin_layout Standard
14988 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14989 viewer window using the menu
14991 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14996 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14997 Update (Other Formats)
15002 \begin_layout Standard
15003 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15005 To have a real output, export your document.
15008 \begin_layout Subsection
15009 Printing the File from within LyX
15010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15012 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15019 \begin_layout Standard
15020 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15021 it directly from within LyX.
15022 To print a file, select the menu
15024 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15027 or click on the toolbar button
15030 arg "dialog-show print"
15034 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15035 This file is then processed by the program
15039 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15044 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15048 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15049 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15050 printing one set to print on the other side.
15051 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15052 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15053 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15056 \begin_layout Standard
15057 You can set the parameters in the
15060 \begin_inset space ~
15068 \begin_layout Labeling
15069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15074 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15079 Note that this printer name is for the program
15088 has to be configured for this printer name.
15089 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15090 \begin_inset space ~
15094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15096 reference "sub:Printer"
15105 The printer should understand PostScript.
15108 \begin_layout Labeling
15109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15114 The name of a file to print to.
15115 The output will be a PostScript file.
15116 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15120 \begin_layout Section
15121 A few Words about Typography
15122 \begin_inset Index idx
15125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15134 \begin_layout Subsection
15136 \begin_inset Index idx
15139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15148 \begin_layout Standard
15150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15161 character comes in four lengths: the
15173 , and the minus sign:
15174 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15181 \begin_inset Tabular
15182 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15183 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15184 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15185 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15186 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15187 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15216 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15256 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15283 \begin_inset space ~
15286 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15293 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15320 \begin_inset space ~
15323 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15344 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15378 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15384 \begin_layout Standard
15385 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15397 character multiple times in a row.
15398 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15399 the final output, but not in LyX.
15401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15431 \begin_layout Standard
15432 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15433 math mode and has a length of its own.
15434 Here are some examples of the
15435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15449 \begin_layout Enumerate
15450 line- and page-breaks
15451 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15461 \begin_layout Enumerate
15463 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15473 \begin_layout Enumerate
15474 Oh — there's a dash.
15475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15485 \begin_layout Enumerate
15486 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15490 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15500 \begin_layout Subsection
15502 \begin_inset Index idx
15505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15514 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15522 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15523 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15528 \begin_inset Index idx
15531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15532 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15537 following the rules of the document language.
15540 \begin_layout Standard
15541 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15546 font and with unusual constructs, like
15547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15555 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15556 This is done with the menu
15558 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15559 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15561 \begin_inset space ~
15567 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15568 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15571 \begin_layout Standard
15572 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15573 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15583 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15591 as a hyphenation possibility.
15592 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15593 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15594 as described in section
15595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15598 Prevent Hyphenation
15599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15609 \begin_layout Subsection
15611 \begin_inset Index idx
15614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15623 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15624 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15627 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15634 \begin_layout Standard
15635 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15636 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15637 LaTeX then adds the
15638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15641 appropriate amount of space
15642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15646 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15648 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15651 \begin_layout Standard
15652 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15653 not work in all cases.
15655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15666 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15667 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15670 \begin_layout Standard
15671 Here are some examples of
15675 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15678 \begin_layout Itemize
15683 \begin_layout Itemize
15688 \begin_layout Standard
15689 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15692 \begin_layout Itemize
15694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15698 this is too much space!
15701 \begin_layout Itemize
15706 \begin_layout Standard
15707 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15710 \begin_layout Standard
15711 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15714 \begin_layout Enumerate
15718 \begin_inset space ~
15723 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15724 \begin_inset space ~
15728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15730 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15735 \begin_inset Index idx
15738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15739 Spaces ! inter-word
15747 \begin_layout Enumerate
15751 \begin_inset space ~
15756 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15757 \begin_inset space ~
15761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15763 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15768 \begin_inset Index idx
15771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15780 \begin_layout Enumerate
15784 \begin_inset space ~
15788 \begin_inset space ~
15792 \begin_inset space ~
15799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15801 \begin_inset space ~
15806 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15807 This function is also bound to
15810 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15816 \begin_layout Standard
15817 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15820 \begin_layout Itemize
15822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15826 \begin_inset space \space{}
15829 this is too much space!
15832 \begin_layout Itemize
15833 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15837 \begin_layout Standard
15838 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15839 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15840 will take care of this.
15843 \begin_layout Standard
15844 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15848 \begin_inset space ~
15853 feature described in section
15859 Additional Features
15864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15866 \begin_inset Index idx
15869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15870 Typography ! Quotes
15876 \begin_inset Index idx
15879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15911 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15912 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15913 and use a closing quote at the end.
15915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15923 The keyboard character,
15927 , generates this automatically.
15930 \begin_layout Standard
15931 You can change the behavior of the
15935 key using the submenu
15941 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15945 \begin_inset Index idx
15948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15949 Document ! Settings
15957 \begin_layout Standard
15958 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15963 There are six choices:
15966 \begin_layout Labeling
15967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15979 Use quotes like this
15980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15988 \begin_inset Quotes els
15992 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15998 \begin_layout Labeling
15999 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16002 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16006 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16012 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16016 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16020 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16026 \begin_layout Labeling
16027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16030 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16034 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16040 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16044 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16048 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16052 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16058 \begin_layout Labeling
16059 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16062 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16066 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16072 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16076 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16080 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16084 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16090 \begin_layout Labeling
16091 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16094 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16098 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16104 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16108 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16112 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16116 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16122 \begin_layout Labeling
16123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16126 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16130 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16136 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16140 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16144 \begin_inset Quotes als
16148 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16154 \begin_layout Standard
16155 These settings affect what character the
16162 \begin_layout Subsection
16164 \begin_inset Index idx
16167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16168 Typography ! Ligatures
16174 \begin_inset Index idx
16177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16208 name "sub:Ligatures"
16215 \begin_layout Standard
16216 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16217 print them as single characters.
16218 These groups are known as
16223 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16225 Here are the standard ligatures:
16228 \begin_layout Itemize
16232 \begin_layout Itemize
16236 \begin_layout Itemize
16240 \begin_layout Itemize
16244 \begin_layout Itemize
16248 \begin_layout Standard
16249 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16252 \begin_layout Standard
16253 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16254 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16262 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16278 To break a ligature, use
16280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16281 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16283 \begin_inset space ~
16290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16301 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16318 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16326 \begin_layout Subsection
16328 \begin_inset Index idx
16331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16340 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16347 \begin_layout Standard
16348 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16349 characters in different sizes and heights.
16350 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16351 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16371 \begin_inset Note Note
16374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16375 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16383 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16384 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16389 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16393 \begin_layout Description
16394 LyX The name of the game, write
16395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16416 \begin_layout Description
16417 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16439 \begin_layout Description
16440 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16462 \begin_layout Description
16463 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16485 \begin_layout Standard
16486 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16491 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16499 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16500 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16501 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16504 : The actual version is
16505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16512 , the previous one was
16513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16523 \begin_layout Standard
16524 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16529 \begin_inset space \space{}
16532 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16534 This will look in LyX like:
16535 \begin_inset Graphics
16536 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16542 \begin_inset Newline newline
16545 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16546 \begin_inset space ~
16550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16552 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16559 \begin_layout Subsection
16561 \begin_inset Index idx
16564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16573 \begin_layout Standard
16574 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16575 space between two words.
16576 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16586 for units use the menu
16588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16589 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16591 \begin_inset space ~
16599 arg "space-insert thin"
16605 \begin_layout Standard
16606 Here's an example to show the differences:
16609 \begin_layout Standard
16610 \begin_inset Tabular
16611 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16612 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16613 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16614 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16621 \begin_inset space ~
16625 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16637 space between number and unit
16644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16653 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16665 half space between number and unit
16678 \begin_layout Subsection
16680 \begin_inset Index idx
16683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16684 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16692 \begin_layout Standard
16693 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16695 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16696 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16697 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16698 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16699 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16700 These bits of text became known as
16711 \begin_layout Standard
16712 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16713 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16714 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16715 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16716 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16717 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16718 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16721 \begin_layout Standard
16722 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16723 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16724 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16725 \begin_inset space ~
16729 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16731 key "latexcompanion"
16736 \begin_inset space ~
16740 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16746 ] may have more information.
16747 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16750 \begin_layout Chapter
16751 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16754 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16761 \begin_layout Standard
16762 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16767 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16770 \begin_layout Section
16772 \begin_inset Index idx
16775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16791 \begin_layout Standard
16792 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16795 \begin_layout Description
16797 \begin_inset space ~
16800 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16801 \begin_inset Newline newline
16805 \begin_inset Note Note
16808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16817 \begin_layout Description
16818 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16819 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16821 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16822 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16823 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16826 \begin_inset Newline newline
16830 \begin_inset Note Comment
16833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16842 \begin_layout Description
16844 \begin_inset space ~
16847 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16848 \begin_inset Newline newline
16852 \begin_inset Newline newline
16856 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16866 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16867 How this can be done is explained in the
16876 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16882 \begin_inset Newline newline
16886 \begin_inset Newline newline
16889 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16890 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16893 \begin_layout Standard
16894 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16902 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16906 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16909 \begin_layout Section
16911 \begin_inset Index idx
16914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16923 name "sec:Footnotes"
16930 \begin_layout Standard
16931 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16937 or the toolbar button
16940 arg "footnote-insert"
16952 \begin_inset Graphics
16953 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16962 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16991 label, the box will
16995 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16996 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17009 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17025 \begin_layout Standard
17026 Here's an example footnote:
17034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17043 \begin_layout Standard
17044 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17045 position where the footnote box is placed.
17046 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17047 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
17048 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
17049 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
17050 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
17055 ey are described in the
17062 \begin_layout Section
17064 \begin_inset Index idx
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17076 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17083 \begin_layout Standard
17084 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17085 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17089 \begin_inset space ~
17094 or the toolbar button
17097 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17123 appearing within your text.
17124 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17133 \begin_layout Standard
17134 At the side is an example marginal note.
17138 \begin_inset Marginal
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 This is a marginal note.
17150 \begin_layout Standard
17151 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17152 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17153 pages, right on odd pages.
17156 \begin_layout Section
17157 Graphics and Images
17158 \begin_inset Index idx
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17168 \begin_inset Index idx
17171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17180 name "sec:Graphics"
17187 \begin_layout Standard
17188 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17189 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17192 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17201 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17204 \begin_layout Standard
17205 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17210 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17211 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17213 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17214 \begin_inset space ~
17218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17220 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17227 \begin_layout Standard
17232 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17233 of the image in the output.
17234 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17238 \begin_inset space ~
17242 \begin_inset space ~
17251 \begin_inset space ~
17255 \begin_inset space ~
17259 \begin_inset space ~
17264 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17265 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17273 \begin_layout Standard
17276 LaTeX and LyX options
17278 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17279 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17283 \begin_inset space ~
17288 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17289 with the image size is printed.
17293 \begin_inset space ~
17297 \begin_inset space ~
17301 \begin_inset space ~
17306 is explained in the
17317 \begin_layout Standard
17318 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17319 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17321 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17325 \begin_layout Standard
17327 \begin_inset Graphics
17328 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17336 \begin_layout Standard
17337 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17338 the image into a float, see section
17339 \begin_inset space ~
17343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17345 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
17352 \begin_layout Subsection
17354 \begin_inset Index idx
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17366 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17373 \begin_layout Standard
17374 You can insert images in any known file format.
17375 But as we explained in section
17376 \begin_inset space ~
17380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17382 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17386 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17387 LyX uses therefore the program
17391 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17392 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17393 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17394 \begin_inset space ~
17398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17400 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17407 \begin_layout Standard
17408 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17411 \begin_layout Description
17413 \begin_inset space ~
17416 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17417 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17418 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17422 Graphics Interchange Format
17423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17426 (GIF, file extension
17427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17439 \begin_inset Index idx
17442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17474 Portable Network Graphics
17475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17478 (PNG, file extension
17479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17491 \begin_inset Index idx
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17526 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17530 (JPG, file extension
17531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17555 \begin_inset Index idx
17558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 \begin_layout Description
17591 \begin_inset space ~
17594 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17596 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17597 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17598 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17599 \begin_inset Newline newline
17602 Scalable image formats can be
17603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17606 Scalable Vector Graphics
17607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17610 (SVG, file extension
17611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17623 \begin_inset Index idx
17626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17658 Encapsulated PostScript
17659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17662 (EPS, file extension
17663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17675 \begin_inset Index idx
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17710 Portable Document Format
17711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17714 (PDF, file extension
17715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17727 \begin_inset Index idx
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17738 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17739 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17745 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17753 \begin_layout Standard
17754 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17758 \begin_layout Subsection
17759 Grouping of Image Settings
17760 \begin_inset Index idx
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17764 Images ! Settings grouping
17772 \begin_layout Standard
17773 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17775 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17776 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17778 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17779 need to manually change each of them.
17783 \begin_layout Standard
17784 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17787 \begin_inset space ~
17792 field in the Graphics dialog.
17793 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17794 by checking the name of the desired group.
17797 \begin_layout Section
17799 \begin_inset Index idx
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17818 \begin_layout Standard
17819 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17822 arg "tabular-insert"
17827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17831 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17832 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17833 from the rest of the table.
17834 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17835 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17837 Here's an example table:
17840 \begin_layout Standard
17842 \begin_inset Tabular
17843 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17844 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 \begin_layout Subsection
18052 \begin_layout Standard
18053 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18054 brings up the table dialog.
18055 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18056 where the cursor is placed currently.
18057 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18058 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18059 done on all of your selection.
18062 \begin_layout Standard
18063 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18066 \begin_inset space ~
18071 helps you in setting table properties.
18072 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18075 \begin_layout Standard
18079 \begin_inset space ~
18084 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18085 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18086 current cell respectively.
18087 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18089 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18090 of text, see section
18091 \begin_inset space ~
18095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18097 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18104 \begin_layout Standard
18105 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18106 using the check box
18115 This will merge the cells to
18119 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18120 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18121 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18122 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18123 in the last row without the upper border:
18126 \begin_layout Standard
18128 \begin_inset Tabular
18129 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18130 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18132 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18230 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18265 \begin_layout Standard
18266 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18267 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18268 explained in the tables section of the
18271 \begin_inset space ~
18277 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18281 degrees counterclockwise.
18282 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18285 \begin_layout Standard
18286 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 Most DVI-viewers are
18298 able to display rotations.
18306 \begin_layout Standard
18311 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18316 adds lines for all cell borders.
18319 \begin_layout Subsection
18321 \begin_inset Index idx
18324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 Tables ! Longtables
18331 \begin_inset Index idx
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18343 \begin_layout Standard
18344 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18347 \begin_inset space ~
18351 \begin_inset space ~
18360 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18361 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18364 \begin_layout Description
18369 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18370 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18371 except for the first page, if
18374 \begin_inset space ~
18382 \begin_layout Description
18386 \begin_inset space ~
18391 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18392 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18395 \begin_layout Description
18400 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18401 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18402 except for the last page, if
18405 \begin_inset space ~
18413 \begin_layout Description
18417 \begin_inset space ~
18422 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18423 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18426 \begin_layout Description
18427 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18428 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18434 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18437 \begin_inset space ~
18445 \begin_layout Standard
18446 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18447 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18448 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18449 The others will then be defined as
18454 In this context, first means first in this order:
18457 \begin_inset space ~
18469 \begin_inset space ~
18475 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18478 \begin_layout Standard
18480 \begin_inset Tabular
18481 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18482 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18483 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18484 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18485 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18486 <row endfirsthead="true">
18487 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18498 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18507 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18517 <row endfirsthead="true">
18518 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18529 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <row endhead="true">
18551 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18571 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18581 <row endhead="true">
18582 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18602 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <row endfoot="true">
18615 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19607 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19616 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19625 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19636 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19667 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19760 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19791 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19822 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19853 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19915 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19946 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19977 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20039 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20070 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20101 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20132 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20163 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20194 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20225 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20256 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20287 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20318 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20411 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20442 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20473 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20504 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20535 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20566 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20596 <row endlastfoot="true">
20597 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20608 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20617 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20634 \begin_layout Subsection
20636 \begin_inset Index idx
20639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20648 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20655 \begin_layout Standard
20656 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20657 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20658 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20659 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20663 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20664 for the cell's paragraph.
20667 \begin_layout Standard
20668 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20669 for the column in the table dialog.
20670 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20671 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20675 \begin_layout Standard
20677 \begin_inset Tabular
20678 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20679 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20681 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20702 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20771 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20827 This is longer now.
20832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20883 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20884 This is longer now.
20889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20915 \begin_layout Standard
20916 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20917 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20922 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20923 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20929 Selection with the mouse or with
20933 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20934 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20935 the selection from outside the table.
20938 \begin_layout Section
20940 \begin_inset Index idx
20943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20959 \begin_layout Standard
20960 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20961 have a fixed location.
20963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20970 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20978 \begin_inset space ~
20983 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20984 too many notes on the page.
20987 \begin_layout Standard
20988 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20989 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20990 and pages without text.
20991 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20992 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20993 Floats are therefore numbered.
20994 Referencing is described in section
20995 \begin_inset space ~
20999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21001 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21009 To insert a float, use the menu
21011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21015 A box with a caption that has e.
21016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21020 \begin_inset space \space{}
21024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21028 \begin_inset space ~
21032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21035 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
21036 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21038 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21039 \begin_inset Index idx
21042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21048 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21049 paragraph within the float.
21050 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21051 by left-clicking on the box label.
21052 A closed float box looks like this:
21053 \begin_inset Graphics
21054 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21059 – a gray button with a red label.
21062 \begin_layout Standard
21063 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21064 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21067 \begin_layout Subsection
21071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21073 \begin_inset Index idx
21076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21077 Floats ! Figure floats
21083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21085 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
21092 \begin_layout Standard
21095 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21096 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21099 inserts a float with the label
21100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21106 \begin_inset space ~
21112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21116 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
21117 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
21118 This is what we did for Figure
21119 \begin_inset space ~
21123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21125 reference "cap:Platypus"
21130 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
21131 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
21132 This was done in Figure
21133 \begin_inset space ~
21137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21139 reference "cap:Escher"
21146 \begin_layout Standard
21147 \begin_inset Float figure
21152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21154 \begin_inset Graphics
21155 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21164 \begin_inset Caption
21166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21169 name "cap:Platypus"
21173 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21186 \begin_layout Standard
21187 \begin_inset Float figure
21192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21193 \begin_inset Caption
21195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21196 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21213 \begin_inset Graphics
21214 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21227 \begin_layout Standard
21228 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21230 As described in section
21231 \begin_inset space ~
21235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21237 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21241 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21246 and refer to it using the menu
21248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21252 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21261 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21273 \begin_layout Standard
21274 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21275 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21276 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21277 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
21279 \begin_inset space ~
21283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21285 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21289 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21290 You can also set the images one below the other.
21292 \begin_inset space ~
21296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21298 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21305 reference "fig:Platypus"
21309 are the subfigures.
21312 \begin_layout Standard
21313 \begin_inset Float figure
21318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21319 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21323 \begin_inset Float figure
21328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21329 \begin_inset Caption
21331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21334 name "fig:Undefinable"
21346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21347 \begin_inset Graphics
21348 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21359 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21363 \begin_inset Float figure
21368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21369 \begin_inset Caption
21371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21374 name "fig:Platypus"
21386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21387 \begin_inset Graphics
21388 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21400 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21407 \begin_inset Caption
21409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21412 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21416 Two distorted images.
21429 \begin_layout Standard
21430 Note that the caption is added to the
21433 \begin_inset space ~
21437 \begin_inset space ~
21442 as described in section
21443 \begin_inset space ~
21447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21449 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21456 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21458 \begin_inset Index idx
21461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21462 Floats ! Table floats
21470 \begin_layout Standard
21471 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21474 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21478 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21481 \begin_inset space ~
21485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21487 reference "cap:Table-float"
21491 is an example of a table float.
21494 \begin_layout Standard
21495 \begin_inset Float table
21500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21501 \begin_inset Caption
21503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21506 name "cap:Table-float"
21518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21520 \begin_inset Tabular
21521 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21522 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21525 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21652 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21673 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21676 \end{array}\right]$
21684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21697 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21718 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21720 \begin_inset Index idx
21723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21724 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21732 \begin_layout Standard
21733 This float type is inserted with the menu
21735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21736 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21740 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21741 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21745 , described in section
21746 \begin_inset space ~
21750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21752 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21759 \begin_layout Standard
21760 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21768 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21774 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21782 floatname{algorithm}{your
21783 \begin_inset space ~
21789 \begin_layout Standard
21790 to the document preamble (menu
21792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21799 \begin_inset space ~
21805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21821 \begin_inset Index idx
21824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21825 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21834 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21842 \begin_inset Graphics
21843 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21852 \begin_inset Caption
21854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21857 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21861 This is a wrapped figure.
21862 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21875 This float type is used if you want to
21876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21883 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21885 It can be inserted using the menu
21887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21888 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21890 \begin_inset space ~
21895 if the LaTeX-package
21900 \begin_inset Index idx
21903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21904 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21914 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21917 \begin_inset space ~
21927 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21930 \begin_inset space ~
21934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21936 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21940 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21949 Available units are explained in Appendix
21950 \begin_inset space ~
21954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21956 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21965 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21969 \begin_layout Standard
21970 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21978 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21983 \begin_inset space \space{}
21986 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21987 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21996 \begin_layout Itemize
21997 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21998 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21999 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
22000 page breaks will appear.
22003 \begin_layout Itemize
22004 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
22005 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
22008 \begin_layout Itemize
22009 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
22010 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
22013 \begin_layout Itemize
22014 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
22017 \begin_layout Subsection
22019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22021 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22026 \begin_inset Index idx
22029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22038 \begin_layout Standard
22039 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
22040 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
22044 \begin_inset space ~
22052 \begin_layout Standard
22053 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
22054 have a multicolumn document).
22055 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
22058 \begin_inset space ~
22064 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
22065 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
22072 \begin_layout Standard
22073 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
22074 format is also the same: Table
22075 \begin_inset space ~
22079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22081 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
22085 is an example of a rotated table float.
22088 \begin_layout Standard
22089 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22097 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
22105 \begin_layout Standard
22106 \begin_inset Float table
22111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22112 \begin_inset Caption
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22117 name "cap:Rotated-table"
22129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22131 \begin_inset Tabular
22132 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
22133 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22198 \begin_layout Subsection
22200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22202 name "sub:Float-Placement"
22207 \begin_inset Index idx
22210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 \begin_layout Standard
22220 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
22221 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
22222 \begin_inset Newline newline
22228 \begin_inset space ~
22233 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
22234 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
22235 \begin_inset Newline newline
22241 \begin_inset space ~
22246 is used to rotate floats, see section
22247 \begin_inset space ~
22251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22253 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22260 \begin_layout Standard
22261 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
22262 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
22265 \begin_inset space ~
22269 \begin_inset space ~
22277 \begin_layout Description
22279 \begin_inset space ~
22283 \begin_inset space ~
22286 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
22289 \begin_layout Description
22291 \begin_inset space ~
22295 \begin_inset space ~
22298 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
22301 \begin_layout Description
22303 \begin_inset space ~
22307 \begin_inset space ~
22310 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
22313 \begin_layout Description
22315 \begin_inset space ~
22319 \begin_inset space ~
22322 floats: try to place the float at an own page
22325 \begin_layout Standard
22326 The order of the above option is
22331 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
22335 \begin_inset space ~
22339 \begin_inset space ~
22347 \begin_inset space ~
22351 \begin_inset space ~
22356 , and then the others.
22357 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
22359 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
22360 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
22363 \begin_layout Standard
22364 By default, each option has its own rules:
22367 \begin_layout Standard
22371 \begin_inset space ~
22375 \begin_inset space ~
22380 only floats occupying less than 70
22381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22384 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
22387 \begin_layout Standard
22391 \begin_inset space ~
22395 \begin_inset space ~
22400 : only floats occupying less than 30
22401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22404 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
22407 \begin_layout Standard
22411 \begin_inset space ~
22415 \begin_inset space ~
22420 : only if more than 50
22421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22424 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22428 \begin_layout Standard
22429 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22433 \begin_inset space ~
22437 \begin_inset space ~
22445 \begin_layout Standard
22446 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22447 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22448 For this case you can use the option
22451 \begin_inset space ~
22457 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22459 Because the float is then no longer able to
22460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22467 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22470 \begin_layout Standard
22471 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22472 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22475 \begin_layout Standard
22476 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22478 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22480 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22487 \begin_layout Section
22489 \begin_inset Index idx
22492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22501 name "sec:Minipages"
22508 \begin_layout Standard
22509 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22511 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22512 \begin_inset space ~
22519 \begin_layout Standard
22520 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22526 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22527 and its alignment within the page.
22530 \begin_layout Standard
22532 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22542 height_special "totalheight"
22545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22548 This is a minipage.
22549 The text is set in an italic style.
22552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22555 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22556 another formatting.
22564 \begin_layout Standard
22565 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22568 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22572 as described in section
22573 \begin_inset space ~
22577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22579 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22584 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22590 \begin_layout Standard
22591 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22601 height_special "totalheight"
22604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22605 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22606 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22612 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22616 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22626 height_special "totalheight"
22629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22630 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22631 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22639 \begin_layout Standard
22640 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22646 \begin_layout Standard
22647 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22648 to other box types.
22649 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22660 \begin_layout Chapter
22661 Mathematical Formulas
22662 \begin_inset Index idx
22665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22672 \begin_inset Index idx
22675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22706 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22713 \begin_layout Standard
22714 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22719 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22722 \begin_layout Section
22724 \begin_inset Index idx
22727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22736 \begin_layout Standard
22737 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22744 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22746 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22747 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22748 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22756 \begin_layout Standard
22757 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22761 \begin_inset space ~
22766 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22769 \begin_layout Standard
22770 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22771 line, like this one:
22774 \begin_layout Standard
22775 This is a line with an inline formula
22776 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22782 \begin_layout Standard
22783 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22785 \begin_inset Formula
22792 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22795 \begin_layout Standard
22796 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22802 \begin_inset space \space{}
22806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22819 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22820 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22824 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22827 \begin_inset space ~
22835 \begin_layout Subsection
22836 Navigating in Formulas
22837 \begin_inset Index idx
22840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22849 \begin_layout Standard
22850 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22851 achieved with the arrow keys.
22852 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22853 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22858 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22859 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22863 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22867 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22870 \end{array}\right]$
22878 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22883 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22884 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22887 \begin_layout Standard
22892 , printed in this document as
22893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22914 \begin_inset Note Note
22917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22918 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22919 space character (visible space).
22924 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22925 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22926 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22931 For example, if you want
22932 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22986 , since in the latter case only the
22989 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22994 will be under the square root sign:
22995 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
23001 \begin_layout Standard
23002 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
23004 \begin_inset Formula
23006 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23015 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
23016 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
23019 \begin_layout Subsection
23023 \begin_layout Standard
23024 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
23025 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
23029 and a cursor movement key to select text.
23030 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
23031 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
23032 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
23033 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
23036 \begin_layout Subsection
23037 Exponents and Subscripts
23038 \begin_inset Index idx
23041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23048 \begin_inset Index idx
23051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23060 \begin_layout Standard
23061 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
23062 way is to use a command.
23064 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
23067 , type in a formula
23073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23089 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
23095 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
23099 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
23108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23120 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
23122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23129 , you have to use an extra
23133 to separate the hat and the character.
23135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23139 \begin_inset space \space{}
23143 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
23152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23164 Subscripts are similar: To get
23165 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
23174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23188 \begin_layout Subsection
23190 \begin_inset Index idx
23193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23202 \begin_layout Standard
23203 Create a fraction with either the command
23210 \begin_inset Graphics
23211 filename ../images/math/frac.png
23219 \begin_inset space ~
23225 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
23226 The cursor is above the fraction line.
23227 To move it to the bottom, simply press
23232 To move back up, press
23237 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
23238 \begin_inset Formula
23240 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
23243 \end{array}\right)}\right]
23251 \begin_layout Subsection
23253 \begin_inset Index idx
23256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23265 \begin_layout Standard
23266 Roots can be created using the
23269 \begin_inset space ~
23275 \begin_inset Graphics
23276 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
23278 groupId toolbarbuttons
23301 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
23307 produces always a square root.
23310 \begin_layout Subsection
23311 Operators with Limits
23312 \begin_inset Index idx
23315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23322 \begin_inset Index idx
23325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23334 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23341 \begin_layout Standard
23343 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
23347 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
23350 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
23351 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
23352 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
23353 The sum operator will automatically place its
23354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23361 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
23364 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
23368 \begin_inset Formula
23370 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
23375 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
23379 \begin_layout Standard
23380 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
23382 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
23383 behind the operator and hitting
23391 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23392 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23394 \begin_inset space ~
23398 \begin_inset space ~
23406 \begin_layout Standard
23407 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
23408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23415 feature as addition, such as
23416 \begin_inset Index idx
23419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23426 \begin_inset Formula
23428 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23433 which will place the
23434 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23446 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23447 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23453 \begin_layout Standard
23454 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23461 Have a look at section
23462 \begin_inset space ~
23466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23468 reference "sub:Functions"
23472 for an explanation of function macros.
23475 \begin_layout Subsection
23477 \begin_inset Index idx
23480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23489 \begin_layout Standard
23490 Most math symbols can be found in the
23493 \begin_inset space ~
23498 under one of several categories; including
23515 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23519 \begin_layout Standard
23520 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23521 you don't have to use the
23524 \begin_inset space ~
23529 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23530 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23533 \begin_layout Subsection
23535 \begin_inset Index idx
23538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23547 \begin_layout Standard
23548 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23553 arg "space-insert protected"
23559 \begin_inset space ~
23565 \begin_inset Graphics
23566 filename ../images/math/space.png
23568 groupId toolbarbuttons
23573 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23574 For example, the sequence
23579 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23583 \begin_inset Graphics
23584 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23589 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23590 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23591 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23592 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23594 Here are two examples:
23597 \begin_layout Standard
23607 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23613 \begin_layout Standard
23623 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23629 \begin_layout Subsection
23631 \begin_inset Index idx
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23643 name "sub:Functions"
23650 \begin_layout Standard
23654 \begin_inset space ~
23659 contains under the button
23660 \begin_inset Graphics
23661 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23663 groupId toolbarbuttons
23667 a number of function macros, such as
23668 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23672 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23680 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23687 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23688 avoid confusions, because
23689 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23693 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23699 \begin_layout Standard
23700 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23702 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23706 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23712 \begin_layout Standard
23713 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23714 s are placed, as described in section
23715 \begin_inset space ~
23719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23721 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23728 \begin_layout Subsection
23730 \begin_inset Index idx
23733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23742 \begin_layout Standard
23743 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23745 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23746 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23751 \begin_inset space \space{}
23755 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23758 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23759 Our example is entered by typing
23767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23780 \begin_inset space ~
23784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23786 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23790 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23793 \begin_layout Standard
23794 \begin_inset Float table
23799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23800 \begin_inset Caption
23802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23805 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23809 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23819 \begin_inset Tabular
23820 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23821 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23822 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23823 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23824 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23908 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23962 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24016 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
24026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24070 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
24080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24124 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
24134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24178 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
24188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24232 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
24242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24286 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
24296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24340 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
24350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24385 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
24406 \begin_layout Standard
24407 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
24410 \begin_inset space ~
24416 \begin_inset Graphics
24417 filename ../images/math/hat.png
24419 groupId toolbarbuttons
24423 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24427 \begin_layout Section
24428 Brackets and Delimiters
24429 \begin_inset Index idx
24432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24439 \begin_inset Index idx
24442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24451 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24458 \begin_layout Standard
24459 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24460 For most purposes, using just the keys
24465 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24466 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24467 toolbar delimiter icon
24470 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24474 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24476 \begin_inset Formula
24478 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24486 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24487 \begin_inset Formula
24489 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24497 \begin_layout Standard
24498 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24499 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24504 left side and right side.
24505 If you use the option
24508 \begin_inset space ~
24513 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24514 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24515 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24516 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24521 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24522 inside the brackets.
24523 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24528 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24531 \begin_layout Section
24532 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24533 \begin_inset Index idx
24536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24543 \begin_inset Index idx
24546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24553 \begin_inset Index idx
24556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24557 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24565 \begin_layout Standard
24566 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24569 \begin_inset space ~
24575 \begin_inset Graphics
24576 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24578 groupId toolbarbuttons
24583 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24584 Here is an example:
24585 \begin_inset Formula
24587 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24596 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24597 \begin_inset space ~
24601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24603 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24608 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24609 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24610 This alignment is set in the box
24615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24663 for every column as default.
24664 For example, the sequence
24665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24676 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24677 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24678 corresponds to the relevant column.
24679 The result will look like this:
24680 \begin_inset Formula
24683 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24684 column & has & has\, right\\
24685 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24695 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24698 arg "newline-insert newline"
24701 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24702 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24704 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24707 or the math toolbar.
24710 \begin_layout Standard
24711 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24712 It can be created with the menu
24714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24715 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24717 \begin_inset space ~
24729 Here is an example:
24730 \begin_inset Formula
24744 \begin_layout Standard
24745 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24748 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24751 arg "newline-insert newline"
24755 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24760 arg "newline-insert newline"
24763 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24771 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24772 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24773 A new row is created by every further hit of
24776 arg "newline-insert newline"
24780 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24781 Here is an example:
24782 \begin_inset Formula
24784 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24785 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24790 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24791 where you want to start the shift and hit
24796 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24797 position to the next column.
24798 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24799 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24800 \begin_inset Formula
24802 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24810 \begin_layout Standard
24811 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24818 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24819 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24822 reference "eq:asquared"
24827 The other types are described in section
24828 \begin_inset space ~
24832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24834 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24841 \begin_layout Section
24842 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24843 \begin_inset Index idx
24846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24847 Math ! Formula numbering
24853 \begin_inset Index idx
24856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24857 Math ! Referencing formulas
24863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24865 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24872 \begin_layout Standard
24873 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24875 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24876 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24878 \begin_inset space ~
24886 arg "math-number-toggle"
24890 The formula number appears in LyX as
24891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24898 within parentheses.
24900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24907 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24909 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24910 the document class.
24911 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24912 separated by a dot:
24913 \begin_inset Formula
24923 arg "math-number-toggle"
24926 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24927 You can only number displayed formulas.
24930 \begin_layout Standard
24931 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24933 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24934 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24936 \begin_inset space ~
24940 \begin_inset space ~
24944 \begin_inset space ~
24952 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24955 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24956 \begin_inset Formula
24959 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24965 To number all lines use the shortcut
24968 arg "math-number-toggle"
24974 \begin_layout Standard
24975 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24978 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24979 A label is inserted with the menu
24981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24984 when the cursor is in the formula.
24985 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24986 It is recommended to use the proposed
24987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24998 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24999 type when you have many labels in your document.
25000 We inserted in the following example the label
25001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25008 in the second line:
25009 \begin_inset Formula
25011 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
25012 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
25017 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
25018 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
25020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25028 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
25030 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25032 \begin_inset space ~
25038 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
25039 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
25040 as the formula number:
25043 \begin_layout Standard
25044 This is a cross-reference to equation (
25045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25047 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25054 \begin_layout Standard
25055 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
25056 \begin_inset space ~
25060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25062 reference "sec:Cross-References"
25067 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
25070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25073 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
25077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25078 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
25086 \begin_layout Section
25087 User defined math macros
25088 \begin_inset Index idx
25091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25100 \begin_layout Standard
25101 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
25102 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
25103 Math macros are explained in section
25106 \begin_inset space ~
25118 \begin_layout Section
25122 \begin_layout Subsection
25124 \begin_inset Index idx
25127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25136 \begin_layout Standard
25137 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
25138 To set a font in a formula, use the
25141 \begin_inset space ~
25147 \begin_inset Graphics
25148 filename ../images/math/font.png
25150 groupId toolbarbuttons
25154 , or enter its command, listed in table
25155 \begin_inset space ~
25159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25161 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25169 \begin_inset Float table
25174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25175 \begin_inset Caption
25177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25180 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25184 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
25192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25194 \begin_inset Tabular
25195 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
25196 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
25197 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25230 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
25238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25257 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
25265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25284 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
25292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25317 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
25325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25344 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
25352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25371 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
25379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25405 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
25413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25432 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25466 \begin_layout Standard
25467 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25475 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25491 \begin_layout Standard
25492 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25493 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25498 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25499 space when you need a space in the box.
25500 Here an example where
25501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25512 denotes the set of numbers:
25513 \begin_inset Formula
25515 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25524 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25530 \begin_inset space \space{}
25542 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25546 \begin_inset Newline newline
25549 So it is better not to use this feature.
25552 \begin_layout Standard
25553 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25554 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25558 \begin_inset Newline newline
25561 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25567 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25568 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25574 \begin_layout Standard
25581 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25584 \begin_layout Standard
25585 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25587 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25588 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25590 \begin_inset space ~
25598 \begin_layout Subsection
25600 \begin_inset Index idx
25603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25612 \begin_layout Standard
25613 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25615 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25619 \begin_inset space ~
25623 \begin_inset space ~
25631 \begin_inset space ~
25637 \begin_inset Graphics
25638 filename ../images/math/font.png
25640 groupId toolbarbuttons
25651 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25652 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25653 Here is an example:
25654 \begin_inset Formula
25657 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25658 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25667 \begin_layout Subsection
25669 \begin_inset Index idx
25672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25681 \begin_layout Standard
25682 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25683 automatically chosen in most situations.
25701 For most characters,
25709 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25710 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25715 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25716 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25718 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25719 \begin_inset Graphics
25720 filename ../images/math/style.png
25722 groupId toolbarbuttons
25727 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25728 For example, you can set
25729 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25732 , which is normally in
25741 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25745 The four styles are used in the following example:
25748 \begin_layout Standard
25749 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25753 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25757 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25761 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25767 \begin_layout Standard
25768 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25769 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25771 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25773 \begin_inset space ~
25778 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25779 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25780 will be adjusted to correspond.
25781 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25792 \begin_layout Standard
25796 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25802 \begin_layout Section
25806 \begin_layout Standard
25807 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25808 the document classes and into layout modules.
25809 \begin_inset Index idx
25812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25818 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25819 other than the AMS classes.
25821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25823 reference "sub:Modules"
25827 for more on layout modules.
25830 \begin_layout Section
25832 \begin_inset Index idx
25835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25842 \begin_inset Index idx
25845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25854 \begin_layout Standard
25855 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25856 (AMS) that are in common use.
25859 \begin_layout Subsection
25860 Enabling AMS-Support
25863 \begin_layout Standard
25864 Selecting the checkbox
25867 \begin_inset space ~
25871 \begin_inset space ~
25875 \begin_inset space ~
25882 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25886 \begin_inset Index idx
25889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25890 Document ! Settings
25898 \begin_inset space ~
25903 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25905 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25906 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25909 \begin_layout Subsection
25911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25913 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25918 \begin_inset Index idx
25921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25922 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25930 \begin_layout Standard
25931 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25932 LyX allows you to choose between
25953 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25956 \begin_layout Chapter
25960 \begin_layout Section
25962 \begin_inset Index idx
25965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25974 name "sec:Cross-References"
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25982 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25983 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25985 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25986 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25987 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25990 \begin_layout Enumerate
25994 \begin_layout Enumerate
25995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25997 name "enu:Second-item"
26004 \begin_layout Enumerate
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26009 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
26011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26014 or by pressing the toolbar button
26021 A grey label box like this:
26022 \begin_inset Graphics
26023 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
26028 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
26029 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
26031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26064 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
26065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26069 \begin_inset space \space{}
26072 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
26073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26087 \begin_layout Standard
26088 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
26090 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26093 or the toolbar button
26096 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
26100 A grey cross-reference box like this:
26101 \begin_inset Graphics
26102 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
26107 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
26109 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
26110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26122 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
26126 \begin_layout Standard
26129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26132 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
26137 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
26138 to the actual cursor position via the menu
26140 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26146 \begin_layout Standard
26147 Here is our cross-reference: Item
26148 \begin_inset space ~
26152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26154 reference "enu:Second-item"
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26162 It is recommended to use a protected space
26166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26167 described in section
26168 \begin_inset space ~
26172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26174 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
26183 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
26187 \begin_layout Standard
26188 There are six varieties of cross-references:
26191 \begin_layout Description
26192 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
26193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26195 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26202 \begin_layout Description
26203 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
26204 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
26206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26216 reference "eq:tanhExp"
26223 \begin_layout Description
26224 <page>: prints the page number: Page
26225 \begin_inset space ~
26229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26230 LatexCommand pageref
26231 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26238 \begin_layout Description
26240 \begin_inset space ~
26244 \begin_inset space ~
26247 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
26248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26249 LatexCommand vpageref
26250 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26257 \begin_layout Description
26259 \begin_inset space ~
26263 \begin_inset space ~
26267 \begin_inset space ~
26270 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
26271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26273 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26280 \begin_layout Description
26282 \begin_inset space ~
26285 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
26286 \begin_inset Newline newline
26290 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26298 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
26307 \begin_inset Index idx
26310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26311 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
26317 \begin_inset Index idx
26320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26321 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
26334 \begin_layout Description
26336 \begin_inset space ~
26339 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
26340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26341 LatexCommand nameref
26342 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26349 \begin_layout Standard
26354 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
26357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26361 \begin_inset space \space{}
26365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26379 <reference> on page <page>
26381 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
26384 \begin_layout Standard
26385 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
26386 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
26387 The varieties are adjusted in the field
26391 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26395 \begin_layout Standard
26396 You can only use the style
26400 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26404 is always possible.
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26408 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26409 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26411 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26412 \begin_inset space ~
26416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26418 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26425 \begin_layout Standard
26426 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26430 \begin_inset space ~
26434 \begin_inset space ~
26439 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26440 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26443 \begin_inset space ~
26448 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26449 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26452 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26458 \begin_layout Standard
26459 You can change labels at any time.
26460 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26461 do not need to take care about this.
26464 \begin_layout Standard
26465 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26466 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26469 \begin_layout Standard
26470 References are described in detail in sec.
26471 \begin_inset space ~
26475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26489 \begin_layout Section
26490 Table of Contents and other Listings
26491 \begin_inset Index idx
26494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26501 \begin_inset Index idx
26504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26520 \begin_layout Subsection
26522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26524 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26531 \begin_layout Standard
26532 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26534 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26535 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26537 \begin_inset space ~
26541 \begin_inset space ~
26547 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26548 If you click on it, the
26552 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26553 sections in your documents.
26554 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26556 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26559 that is described in sec.
26560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26566 reference "sec:Navigating"
26573 \begin_layout Standard
26574 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26575 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26577 \begin_inset space ~
26581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26583 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26587 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26589 \begin_inset space ~
26593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26595 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26599 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26601 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26604 \begin_layout Subsection
26605 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26608 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26615 \begin_layout Standard
26616 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26617 You can insert them via the
26619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26621 \begin_inset space ~
26625 \begin_inset space ~
26631 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26634 \begin_layout Section
26635 URLs and Hyperlinks
26636 \begin_inset Index idx
26639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26646 \begin_inset Index idx
26649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26658 \begin_layout Subsection
26660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26669 \begin_layout Standard
26670 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26678 \begin_layout Standard
26679 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26680 \begin_inset Flex URL
26683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26694 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26700 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26704 \begin_layout Standard
26705 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26713 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26721 \begin_layout Subsection
26723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26725 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26732 \begin_layout Standard
26733 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26738 or with the toolbar button
26745 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26754 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26755 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26756 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26758 name "LyX's homepage"
26759 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26763 , an Email address like this:
26764 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26766 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26767 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26772 , or a link to a file.
26775 \begin_layout Standard
26776 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26789 to the link target.
26792 \begin_layout Standard
26793 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26794 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26795 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26796 the text style dialog.
26797 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26801 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26803 name "LyX's homepage"
26804 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26812 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26816 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26819 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26823 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26825 \begin_inset Newline newline
26833 \begin_inset Newline newline
26840 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26843 \begin_layout Section
26845 \begin_inset Index idx
26848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26857 name "sec:Appendices"
26864 \begin_layout Standard
26865 Appendices are created with the menu
26867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26869 \begin_inset space ~
26873 \begin_inset space ~
26879 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26880 as the appendix region.
26881 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26884 \begin_layout Standard
26885 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26886 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26887 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26888 and the subsection number.
26889 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26893 \begin_layout Standard
26895 \begin_inset space ~
26899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26901 reference "cha:Credits"
26906 \begin_inset space ~
26910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26912 reference "sub:Export"
26919 \begin_layout Section
26921 \begin_inset Index idx
26924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26933 name "sec:Bibliography"
26940 \begin_layout Standard
26941 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26942 You can include a bibliography database,
26946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26947 Known under the name
26948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26960 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26961 manually, using the paragraph environment
26965 , which was described in section
26966 \begin_inset space ~
26970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26972 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26977 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26978 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26982 use a bibliography database.
26985 \begin_layout Subsection
26986 The Bibliography Environment
26989 \begin_layout Standard
26994 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26996 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
27005 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
27007 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
27009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27016 , a short form of its title, as key.
27019 \begin_layout Standard
27020 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
27022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27025 or the toolbar button
27028 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
27032 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
27033 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
27034 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
27035 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
27039 \begin_layout Standard
27040 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
27041 entry with surrounding brackets.
27046 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
27047 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
27049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27062 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
27065 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27067 key "latexcompanion"
27074 \begin_layout Standard
27075 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
27076 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27085 \begin_layout Subsection
27086 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
27087 \begin_inset Index idx
27090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27091 Bibliography ! Databases
27097 \begin_inset Index idx
27100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27101 Bibliography ! BibTeX
27107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27109 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
27116 \begin_layout Standard
27117 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
27122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27123 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
27125 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
27126 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
27131 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
27133 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
27134 your working field in a database.
27135 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
27136 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
27138 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
27142 \begin_layout Standard
27143 The database is a text file with the file extension
27144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27155 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
27156 The format is explained in
27157 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27163 and in LaTeX books (
27164 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27166 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
27171 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
27172 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
27173 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
27174 \begin_inset Flex URL
27177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27179 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27188 To use a database, use the menu
27190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27195 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27208 \begin_inset space ~
27214 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
27215 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
27218 Add bibliography to TOC
27220 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
27225 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
27226 in the document or just the cited references.
27229 \begin_layout Standard
27230 The style file is a text file with the file extension
27231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27242 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
27243 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
27244 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
27246 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
27251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27252 For information how this is done, have a look at
27253 \begin_inset Newline newline
27257 \begin_inset CommandInset href
27259 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
27271 \begin_layout Standard
27272 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27276 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
27277 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
27280 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27308 \begin_inset space ~
27314 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
27320 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27330 When you select the option
27332 Sectioned bibliography
27336 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27339 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
27340 This and other options are explained in detail in section
27342 Customizing Bibliographies
27350 Additional Features
27355 \begin_layout Standard
27356 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
27357 the two methods of creating them.
27358 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
27359 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
27360 We used the style file
27364 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
27367 \begin_layout Subsection
27368 Bibliography layout
27369 \begin_inset Index idx
27372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27373 Bibliography ! Layout
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27382 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
27383 For this feature you need to enable the option
27389 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27393 \begin_inset Index idx
27396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27397 Document ! Settings
27407 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27408 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
27409 in the previous section.
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27413 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27414 in the citation reference window.
27415 Here an example where we set the text
27416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27420 \begin_inset space ~
27424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27427 to appear after the reference:
27430 \begin_layout Standard
27432 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27435 key "latexcompanion"
27442 \begin_layout Section
27444 \begin_inset Index idx
27447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27464 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27468 \begin_inset space ~
27473 or the toolbar button
27481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27492 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27493 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27494 by LyX as the index entry.
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27499 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27501 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27503 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27510 \begin_layout Standard
27511 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27515 \begin_inset space ~
27519 \begin_inset space ~
27522 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27524 \begin_inset space ~
27530 A light blue box labeled
27531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27542 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27543 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27546 \begin_layout Subsection
27547 Grouping Index Entries
27548 \begin_inset Index idx
27551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27561 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27563 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27564 lists under the entry
27565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27573 First we create the entry
27574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27582 \begin_inset space ~
27586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27588 reference "sub:Lists"
27593 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27594 \begin_inset space ~
27598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27600 reference "sec:Itemize"
27604 , we insert the command
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27617 \begin_layout Standard
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27624 for the enumerated list in section
27625 \begin_inset space ~
27629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27631 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27638 \begin_layout Standard
27639 The exclamation mark
27640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27647 marks the grouping levels.
27648 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27649 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27650 If we don't have an index entry for
27651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27658 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27661 \begin_layout Subsection
27663 \begin_inset Index idx
27666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27667 Index ! Page ranges
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27676 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27678 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27679 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27681 \begin_inset space ~
27685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27687 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27694 \begin_layout Standard
27697 Paragraph environments|(
27700 \begin_layout Standard
27701 and another entry at the end of section
27702 \begin_inset space ~
27706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27708 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27718 Paragraph environments|)
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27746 respectively start and end the index range.
27747 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27748 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27749 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27750 An example is the index entry
27751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27754 Document ! Settings
27755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27761 \begin_layout Subsection
27763 \begin_inset Index idx
27766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27767 Index ! Cross referencing
27775 \begin_layout Standard
27776 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27777 We referred for example in the index entry
27778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27786 \begin_inset space ~
27790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27792 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27796 ) to the index entry
27797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27804 in the same section using the entry
27807 \begin_layout Standard
27810 GIF|see{Image formats}
27813 \begin_layout Standard
27814 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27815 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27816 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27819 \begin_layout Subsection
27821 \begin_inset Index idx
27824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27825 Index ! Entry order
27833 \begin_layout Standard
27834 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27835 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27836 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27841 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27843 \begin_inset space ~
27847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27849 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27858 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27859 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27884 \begin_inset Index idx
27887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27888 Dummy entries ! maïs
27894 \begin_inset Index idx
27897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27898 Dummy entries ! maître
27904 \begin_inset Index idx
27907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27908 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27913 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27914 order maïs, maison, maître.
27915 To achieve this, we use the command
27918 \begin_layout Standard
27921 previous entry@current entry
27924 \begin_layout Standard
27925 In our case we want to have
27926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27941 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27951 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27952 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27957 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27963 \begin_layout Standard
27964 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27969 to generate the index (see sec.
27970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27976 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27985 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27993 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27997 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27998 index commands start with
27999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28011 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
28016 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
28019 \begin_layout Standard
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28043 \begin_layout Subsection
28045 \begin_inset Index idx
28048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28049 Index ! Entry layout
28057 \begin_layout Standard
28058 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
28059 \begin_inset Index idx
28062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28065 This is an italic dummy entry
28070 You can also format the page number using the character
28071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28078 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
28079 We can write for example
28082 \begin_layout Standard
28085 italic page number:|textit
28088 \begin_layout Standard
28089 to get the page number in italic.
28090 \begin_inset Index idx
28093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28094 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
28099 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
28101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28117 \begin_inset space ~
28123 Have a look at section
28124 \begin_inset space ~
28128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28130 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28134 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
28137 \begin_layout Standard
28138 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28146 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
28150 to generate the index, see sec.
28151 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28157 reference "sub:Index-Program"
28166 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
28167 This is because xindy requires you
28168 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
28171 to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
28172 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28175 key "latexcompanion"
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28188 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
28190 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
28191 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
28192 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
28193 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
28194 If so, put the following in the preamble
28197 \begin_layout Standard
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28220 in the index entry.
28221 \begin_inset Index idx
28224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28225 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
28230 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
28231 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
28232 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
28235 \begin_layout Standard
28236 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
28238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28242 \begin_inset space \space{}
28245 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
28246 for all index entries.
28247 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
28259 documentation for details,
28260 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28262 key "makeindex,xindy"
28269 \begin_layout Subsection
28271 \begin_inset Index idx
28274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28283 name "sub:Index-Program"
28290 \begin_layout Standard
28291 If the index entry program
28295 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
28299 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
28303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28308 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
28309 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
28310 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
28311 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
28312 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
28322 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
28323 dialog, see section
28324 \begin_inset space ~
28328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28330 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28335 The available options are listed and explained in
28336 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28338 key "makeindex,xindy"
28343 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28348 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
28349 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
28352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28353 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28354 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28358 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
28359 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
28362 \begin_layout Subsection
28366 \begin_layout Standard
28367 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
28368 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
28369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28376 next to the standard index.
28377 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
28378 packages that add this feature.
28384 \begin_inset Index idx
28387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28388 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
28393 package to generate multiple indexes.
28394 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
28395 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
28396 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28403 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
28404 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28405 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28408 \begin_layout Standard
28409 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28411 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28412 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28413 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28420 Use multiple Indexes
28421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28425 Note that the list of
28426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28433 below already contains the standard index.
28434 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28435 also appear as a heading) to the
28436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28443 input field and press the
28444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28452 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28453 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28454 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28458 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28464 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28465 indexes in the LyX work area.
28468 \begin_layout Standard
28469 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28474 \begin_inset space ~
28478 \begin_inset space ~
28487 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28488 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28489 are some additional features:
28492 \begin_layout Itemize
28493 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28494 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28497 \begin_layout Itemize
28498 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28499 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28508 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28513 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28514 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28515 to the non-subindexes.
28518 \begin_layout Section
28519 Nomenclature / Glossary
28520 \begin_inset Index idx
28523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28530 \begin_inset Index idx
28533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28564 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28571 \begin_layout Standard
28572 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28573 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28577 \begin_layout Standard
28578 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28583 \begin_inset Index idx
28586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28587 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28593 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28594 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28600 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28603 \begin_layout Standard
28604 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28605 and then use the menu
28607 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28613 \begin_inset space ~
28618 or the toolbar button
28621 arg "nomencl-insert"
28626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28637 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28640 \begin_layout Standard
28641 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28642 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28643 The second is the description of the symbol.
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28655 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28663 \begin_layout Subsection
28664 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28665 \begin_inset Index idx
28668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28669 Nomenclature ! Layout
28677 \begin_layout Standard
28678 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28682 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28688 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28696 \begin_inset Newline newline
28704 \begin_inset Newline newline
28710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28717 character starts/ends the formula.
28718 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28730 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28740 \begin_layout Standard
28741 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28742 \begin_inset space ~
28746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28748 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28755 \begin_layout Standard
28759 \begin_inset space ~
28764 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28765 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28770 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28777 in this document is:
28778 \begin_inset Newline newline
28783 dummy entry for the character
28788 \begin_inset Newline newline
28800 \begin_inset space ~
28810 font use the command
28839 \begin_layout Subsection
28840 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28841 \begin_inset Index idx
28844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28845 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28853 \begin_layout Standard
28854 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28855 the symbol definition.
28856 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28857 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28860 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28861 LatexCommand nomenclature
28863 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28870 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28874 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28875 LatexCommand nomenclature
28878 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28883 They will be sorted by
28884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28910 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28913 will be sorted before the
28917 since the character
28918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28925 is considered in sorting.
28928 \begin_layout Standard
28929 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28932 \begin_inset space ~
28937 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28938 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28940 For the example given, you can insert
28944 in this field for the
28945 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28952 will be located before
28953 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28959 \begin_layout Standard
28960 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28965 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28974 \begin_layout Subsection
28975 Nomenclature Options
28976 \begin_inset Index idx
28979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28980 Nomenclature ! Options
28988 \begin_layout Standard
28993 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28994 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28997 \begin_layout Description
28998 refeq Appends the phrase
28999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29014 to every nomenclature entry, where
29020 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
29023 \begin_layout Description
29024 refpage Appends the phrase
29025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29040 to every nomenclature entry, where
29046 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
29049 \begin_layout Description
29050 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
29053 \begin_layout Standard
29054 There are furthermore the options
29098 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
29102 \begin_layout Standard
29103 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
29104 class options list in the
29106 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29110 In this document the option
29117 \begin_layout Standard
29118 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29124 \begin_layout Standard
29125 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
29126 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
29131 field in the nomenclature dialog:
29134 \begin_layout Description
29144 \begin_layout Description
29147 nomrefpage Like the
29154 \begin_layout Description
29157 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
29166 \begin_layout Description
29170 \begin_inset space ~
29176 \begin_inset space ~
29181 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
29184 \begin_layout Subsection
29185 Printing the Nomenclature
29186 \begin_inset Index idx
29189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29190 Nomenclature ! Printing
29198 \begin_layout Standard
29199 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
29201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29203 \begin_inset space ~
29207 \begin_inset space ~
29210 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29214 A light blue box labeled
29215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29226 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
29227 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
29230 \begin_layout Standard
29231 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
29232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29240 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
29248 For example, in order to change the name to
29252 , add the following line to the preamble:
29255 \begin_layout Standard
29263 nomname}{List of Symbols}
29266 \begin_layout Standard
29267 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29273 \begin_layout Standard
29274 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
29275 by adding the following line to the preamble:
29278 \begin_layout Standard
29286 nomlabelwidth}{width}
29289 \begin_layout Standard
29292 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
29293 \begin_inset space ~
29297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29299 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
29304 The default value is 1
29305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29311 \begin_layout Subsection
29312 Nomenclature Program
29313 \begin_inset Index idx
29316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29317 Nomenclature ! Program
29323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29325 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
29332 \begin_layout Standard
29333 LyX uses the program
29337 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
29338 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
29343 by adding options, see section
29344 \begin_inset space ~
29348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29350 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
29355 The available options are listed and explained in
29356 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29358 key "nomencl,makeindex"
29365 \begin_layout Section
29367 \begin_inset Index idx
29370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29377 \begin_inset Index idx
29380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29381 Document ! Branches
29387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29389 name "sec:Branches"
29396 \begin_layout Standard
29397 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29398 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29399 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29400 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29404 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
29405 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29406 To create a branch, either select the menu
29408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29409 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29412 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29414 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29421 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29422 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29423 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29424 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29425 (see below for an example).
29426 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29427 to the name of the other) and to add
29428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29440 \begin_inset space ~
29443 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29444 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29447 \begin_layout Standard
29448 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29449 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29454 where you can choose a branch.
29455 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29459 \begin_layout Standard
29460 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29461 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29464 \begin_layout Standard
29465 \begin_inset Branch Question
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29469 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29477 \begin_layout Standard
29478 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29481 \begin_layout Standard
29482 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29490 \begin_layout Standard
29497 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29498 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29501 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29502 Consider for example a file
29503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29510 which has the above branches.
29512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29519 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29543 branch were inactive,
29544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29559 branch was active, likewise
29560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29575 branch was active, and
29576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29579 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29583 if both branches were active.
29584 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29588 \begin_layout Standard
29589 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29595 \begin_layout Standard
29596 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29597 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29599 For example you can define for the question branch
29603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29604 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29605 \begin_inset space ~
29609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29611 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29623 \begin_layout Standard
29633 \begin_layout Standard
29643 \begin_layout Standard
29644 and for the answer branch
29647 \begin_layout Standard
29657 \begin_layout Standard
29667 \begin_layout Standard
29668 \begin_inset Branch Question
29671 \begin_layout Standard
29675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29703 \begin_layout Standard
29704 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29707 \begin_layout Standard
29711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29739 \begin_layout Standard
29740 Now it is possible to use the commands
29744 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29751 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29754 to obtain conditional output.
29755 Here is an example formula where only the
29762 \begin_inset Formula
29764 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29772 \begin_layout Standard
29773 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29781 \begin_layout Section
29783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29785 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29790 \begin_inset Index idx
29793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29802 \begin_layout Standard
29807 dialog allows you in the
29811 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29812 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29817 \begin_inset Index idx
29820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29829 \begin_layout Standard
29834 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29835 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29836 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29838 You can specify in the dialog tab
29842 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29844 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29845 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29849 \begin_layout Standard
29854 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29855 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29856 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29858 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29859 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29861 \begin_inset space ~
29864 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29865 \begin_inset space ~
29868 1 will only display the sections.
29871 \begin_layout Standard
29872 The header information in the dialog tab
29876 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29877 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29882 \begin_inset space \space{}
29885 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29886 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29889 Automatic fill header
29891 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29892 title and author settings.
29895 \begin_layout Standard
29898 Load in fullscreen mode
29900 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29903 \begin_layout Standard
29904 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29905 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29911 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29912 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29921 \begin_layout Section
29922 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29925 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29932 \begin_layout Subsection
29934 \begin_inset Index idx
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29946 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29953 \begin_layout Standard
29954 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29955 constructs, but not all.
29956 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29957 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29958 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29959 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29960 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29964 \begin_layout Standard
29965 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29967 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29971 \begin_inset space ~
29976 or by the toolbar button
29983 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29987 \begin_layout Standard
29988 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29989 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29990 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29991 using the LaTeX-command
29997 , you can write the command part
30003 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
30007 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
30008 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
30009 the following example:
30012 \begin_layout Standard
30013 \begin_inset Graphics
30014 filename clipart/ERT.png
30022 \begin_layout Standard
30026 \begin_layout Standard
30027 This is a line with a
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30054 \begin_layout Standard
30055 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30063 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
30064 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
30072 \begin_layout Subsection
30073 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
30074 \begin_inset Argument
30077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30084 \begin_inset Index idx
30087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30096 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
30103 \begin_layout Standard
30104 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
30105 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
30106 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
30107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30115 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
30116 any time if you know the right commands.
30118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30122 \begin_inset space \space{}
30125 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
30127 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
30128 all caption labels bold.
30129 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
30131 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
30135 \begin_layout Standard
30136 Now LaTeX comes into play.
30137 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
30138 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
30140 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30149 \begin_layout Standard
30150 As result you know that the package
30155 \begin_inset Index idx
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30159 LaTeX-packages ! caption
30165 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
30167 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30173 \begin_layout Standard
30178 usepackage[options]{package name}
30181 \begin_layout Standard
30182 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
30183 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
30184 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
30187 \begin_layout Standard
30188 In your case the package name is
30193 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
30198 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
30199 So you add the command
30202 \begin_layout Standard
30207 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
30210 \begin_layout Standard
30211 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
30215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30216 For more commands provided by the
30220 package, have a look at its documentation,
30221 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30235 \begin_layout Standard
30236 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
30238 For example if you use a
30242 class, you don't need the package
30246 , you can instead write
30249 \begin_layout Standard
30254 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
30259 \begin_layout Standard
30260 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
30261 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
30262 documentation of the document class you want to use.
30269 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
30272 \begin_layout Standard
30273 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
30274 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
30276 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
30277 the previous section.
30280 \begin_layout Standard
30281 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
30283 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30285 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
30292 \begin_layout Standard
30293 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
30299 \begin_layout Standard
30303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30313 \begin_inset Note Note
30316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30317 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
30325 \begin_layout Left Header
30326 \begin_inset Argument
30329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 \begin_inset Note Note
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30353 defines the header line as described below
30361 \begin_layout Center Header
30362 \begin_inset Argument
30365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30374 \begin_layout Right Header
30375 \begin_inset Argument
30378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 \begin_layout Left Footer
30400 \begin_inset Argument
30403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30424 \begin_layout Center Footer
30425 \begin_inset Argument
30428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30439 \begin_inset Newline newline
30443 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30449 \begin_layout Right Footer
30450 \begin_inset Argument
30453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30475 \begin_layout Section
30476 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30477 \begin_inset Index idx
30480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30481 Document ! Header/Footer line
30487 \begin_inset Index idx
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30499 \begin_layout Standard
30500 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30501 to set the headings style to
30507 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30513 \begin_inset space ~
30519 As second step add in the menu
30521 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30522 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30529 Custom Header/Footerlines
30530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30534 This module offers the 6
30535 \begin_inset space ~
30541 \begin_layout Description
30543 \begin_inset space ~
30547 \begin_inset space ~
30551 \begin_inset space ~
30555 \begin_inset space ~
30559 \begin_inset space ~
30565 \begin_layout Description
30567 \begin_inset space ~
30571 \begin_inset space ~
30575 \begin_inset space ~
30579 \begin_inset space ~
30583 \begin_inset space ~
30589 \begin_layout Standard
30590 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30593 \begin_layout Standard
30594 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30595 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30597 \begin_inset space ~
30601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30603 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30607 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30610 \begin_layout Standard
30611 \begin_inset Float figure
30617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 \begin_inset Tabular
30621 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30622 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30623 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30624 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30625 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30627 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30645 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30656 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30674 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30685 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30689 The normal text on the page goes here.
30690 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30692 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30693 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30698 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30707 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30718 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30736 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30765 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 \begin_inset Caption
30785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30788 name "fig:Page-layout"
30792 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30805 \begin_layout Subsection
30809 \begin_layout Standard
30810 To define your header line, add all 3
30811 \begin_inset space ~
30815 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30816 the optional arguments on even pages.
30817 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30819 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30820 Defining the footer line works similar.
30823 \begin_layout Standard
30824 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30840 \begin_inset space ~
30848 \begin_layout Description
30851 thepage prints the current page number
30854 \begin_layout Description
30857 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30860 \begin_layout Description
30863 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30866 \begin_layout Description
30869 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30870 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30877 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30880 because it usually goes in a left header.
30883 \begin_layout Description
30886 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30887 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30889 It is normally used in the right header.
30892 \begin_layout Subsection
30893 Default header/footer
30896 \begin_layout Standard
30897 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30898 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30899 footer has the page number.
30900 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30901 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30902 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30905 \begin_inset space ~
30913 \begin_layout Subsection
30917 \begin_layout Standard
30918 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30919 Some pages are different.
30920 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30921 a new part or chapter in your book.
30922 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30923 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30924 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30928 Header and footer decoration line
30931 \begin_layout Standard
30932 By default, you get a 0.4
30933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30936 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30937 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30949 in the following scheme:
30952 \begin_layout Standard
30959 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30962 \begin_layout Standard
30963 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30972 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30973 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30979 \begin_layout Standard
30980 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30981 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30982 \begin_inset space ~
30986 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30995 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30996 Several header/footer lines
30999 \begin_layout Standard
31000 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
31001 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
31002 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
31004 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
31016 in this scheme in your document preamble:
31019 \begin_layout Standard
31026 headheight}{height}
31029 \begin_layout Standard
31030 Where height is a size in standard units.
31031 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
31032 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
31033 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
31035 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31049 and look via the button
31052 \begin_inset space ~
31057 if you find a warning of the package
31062 \begin_inset Index idx
31065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31066 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
31072 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
31073 for your header/footer.
31076 \begin_layout Subsection
31080 \begin_layout Standard
31081 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
31082 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
31083 This example consists of the following definition:
31086 \begin_layout Description
31088 \begin_inset space ~
31097 , empty optional argument
31100 \begin_layout Description
31102 \begin_inset space ~
31105 Header empty, empty optional argument
31108 \begin_layout Description
31110 \begin_inset space ~
31119 in the optional argument
31122 \begin_layout Description
31124 \begin_inset space ~
31133 in the optional argument
31136 \begin_layout Description
31138 \begin_inset space ~
31150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31154 \begin_inset Newline newline
31158 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
31162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31165 in the optional argument
31168 \begin_layout Description
31170 \begin_inset space ~
31179 , empty optional argument
31182 \begin_layout Description
31185 headrulewidth set to 2
31186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31192 \begin_layout Standard
31193 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
31195 For more special things like e.
31196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31200 \begin_inset space ~
31203 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
31208 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31217 \begin_layout Standard
31218 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
31224 \begin_layout Standard
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31232 pagestyle{headings}
31238 \begin_inset Note Note
31241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 switches back to page style with the default headings
31250 \begin_layout Section
31251 Previewing Snippets of your Document
31252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31254 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31259 \begin_inset Index idx
31262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31269 \begin_inset Index idx
31272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 \begin_layout Standard
31282 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
31283 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
31284 to break your train of thought with
31286 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31292 \begin_layout Standard
31293 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
31294 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
31299 \begin_inset Index idx
31302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31303 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
31308 as explained below, and turn on
31311 \begin_inset space ~
31318 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31322 \begin_inset space ~
31326 \begin_inset space ~
31329 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31334 \begin_inset space ~
31339 is the multiplication factor for the size.
31342 \begin_layout Standard
31343 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
31345 Previews of an already loaded document are
31349 generated just by selecting the
31352 \begin_inset space ~
31357 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
31360 \begin_layout Standard
31361 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
31362 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
31365 \begin_inset space ~
31370 check box in the insert dialog.
31371 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
31375 \begin_layout Standard
31376 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
31380 (on some systems named simply
31385 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31387 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31393 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31394 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
31402 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
31406 \begin_layout Standard
31407 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31413 \begin_layout Standard
31414 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
31418 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31420 \begin_inset space ~
31425 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31426 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31428 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31429 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31430 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31431 the source view window.
31434 \begin_layout Section
31435 Advanced Find and Replace
31436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31438 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31443 \begin_inset Index idx
31446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31453 \begin_inset Index idx
31456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31465 \begin_layout Subsection
31469 \begin_layout Standard
31470 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31471 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31472 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31473 The key-features are:
31476 \begin_layout Itemize
31477 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31478 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31479 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31483 \begin_layout Itemize
31484 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31485 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31486 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31487 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31490 \begin_layout Itemize
31491 Search may be widened to a specific
31496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31500 \begin_inset space ~
31503 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31504 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31511 \begin_layout Itemize
31512 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31513 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31518 \begin_inset space ~
31521 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31524 \begin_layout Subsection
31528 \begin_layout Standard
31529 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31532 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31545 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31548 ) or the toolbar button
31551 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31557 Advanced Find and Replace
31562 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31566 \begin_layout Standard
31571 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31576 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31581 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31582 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31583 Pressing repeatedly
31587 keeps searching forward.
31588 Similarly, pressing
31592 searches for the entered text backwards.
31595 \begin_layout Standard
31596 While searching, the
31600 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31610 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31613 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31614 Searching for mathematics
31617 \begin_layout Standard
31618 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31622 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31623 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31626 or also something more complex like
31627 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31631 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31632 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31633 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31634 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31640 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31644 \begin_layout Standard
31645 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31646 This is done by switching to the
31650 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31655 This way, entering in the
31662 \begin_layout Itemize
31663 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31664 in emphasized or boldface.
31667 \begin_layout Itemize
31668 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31669 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31670 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31671 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31674 \begin_layout Itemize
31675 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31676 of if only within section headings.
31677 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31678 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31682 \begin_layout Itemize
31683 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31684 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31691 \begin_layout Standard
31692 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31696 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31704 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31708 button or alternatively
31730 \begin_layout Standard
31731 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31732 text segments in your document.
31733 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31737 \begin_layout Itemize
31738 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31739 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31747 with its typewriter version
31750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31760 \begin_layout Itemize
31761 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31767 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31779 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31786 (you may want to enable the
31794 options and disable the
31802 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31810 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31811 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31815 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31818 , or occurrences of
31819 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31823 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31829 \begin_layout Subsection
31833 \begin_layout Standard
31834 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31839 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31841 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31843 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31852 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31858 This is done via the menu
31860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31861 Insert Regular Expression
31863 while the cursor is in the
31868 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31869 expression matching rules
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31876 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31880 \begin_inset space ~
31883 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31884 to match expressions.
31889 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31890 same text in the document.
31891 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31892 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31895 \begin_layout Enumerate
31896 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31901 editor the fraction
31902 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31906 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31909 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31910 fractions with the given denominator.
31913 \begin_layout Enumerate
31914 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31926 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31931 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31932 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31934 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31937 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31938 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31941 \begin_layout Standard
31942 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31943 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31944 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31947 , and referring back to them through
31948 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31952 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31956 For example, try searching for the regexp
31957 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31960 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31963 \begin_layout Standard
31964 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31965 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31966 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31967 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31971 \begin_inset space ~
31975 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31978 always refers to the first occurrence of
31979 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31982 in all entered regexps.
31985 \begin_layout Standard
31986 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31990 \begin_layout Section
31992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31994 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31999 \begin_inset Index idx
32002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 \begin_layout Standard
32012 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
32015 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32022 or the toolbar button
32025 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
32028 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
32029 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
32030 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
32031 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
32032 scrolled so that it is visible.
32033 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
32034 n, if any could be found.
32035 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
32039 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
32040 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
32043 \begin_layout Standard
32044 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
32047 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32051 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
32052 a different one at the top of the dialog.
32053 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
32054 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
32055 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
32056 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
32059 \begin_layout Subsection
32063 \begin_layout Standard
32064 In LyX's preferences dialog under
32067 \begin_inset space ~
32070 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32073 you can set the following things:
32076 \begin_layout Description
32078 \begin_inset space ~
32081 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
32082 Depending on your platform,
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
32098 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
32113 \begin_layout Description
32115 \begin_inset space ~
32118 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
32119 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
32122 \begin_layout Description
32124 \begin_inset space ~
32127 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
32129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32133 \begin_inset space \space{}
32137 This should normally not be needed.
32140 \begin_layout Description
32142 \begin_inset space ~
32146 \begin_inset space ~
32149 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
32151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32161 \begin_layout Description
32163 \begin_inset space ~
32166 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
32167 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
32168 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
32169 in the context menu.
32170 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
32174 \begin_layout Description
32176 \begin_inset space ~
32180 \begin_inset space ~
32184 \begin_inset space ~
32187 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32191 \begin_layout Section
32193 \begin_inset Index idx
32196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32205 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32212 \begin_layout Standard
32213 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32214 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32224 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32226 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32235 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32236 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32237 are available for many languages.
32240 \begin_layout Standard
32241 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32245 \begin_layout Subsection
32246 Setting up the thesaurus
32249 \begin_layout Standard
32254 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32259 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32264 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32270 en_EN for English).
32271 For instance, the English files are named:
32274 \begin_layout Itemize
32278 \begin_layout Itemize
32282 \begin_layout Standard
32283 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32284 already on your system.
32285 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32286 \begin_inset Flex URL
32289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32291 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32297 \begin_inset Flex URL
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32302 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32312 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
32313 \begin_inset Flex URL
32316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32323 are usually packed in extension archives (
32327 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32329 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32330 unpack a zip archive.
32343 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32344 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32346 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32347 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32351 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32354 \begin_layout Subsection
32355 Using the thesaurus
32358 \begin_layout Standard
32359 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32361 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32364 or the toolbar button
32367 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32370 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32372 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32374 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32375 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32376 and hyponyms (such as
32384 ), compounds (such as
32388 ) and antonyms (such as
32396 ), which are marked as such.
32399 \begin_layout Standard
32400 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32401 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32405 \begin_layout Standard
32406 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32407 the dictionary, such as the above
32411 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32416 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32417 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32418 For example looking up the word forms
32426 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32431 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32444 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32445 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32446 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32449 \begin_layout Section
32451 \begin_inset Index idx
32454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32461 \begin_inset Index idx
32464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32465 Document ! Change Tracking
32471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32473 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32480 \begin_layout Standard
32481 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32482 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32483 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32484 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32486 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32488 \begin_inset space ~
32491 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32493 \begin_inset space ~
32501 \begin_layout Standard
32502 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32516 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32517 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32520 \begin_inset space ~
32524 \begin_inset space ~
32534 \begin_inset Index idx
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32538 Color ! Change tracking
32543 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32544 the cursor is in changed text.
32545 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32548 arg "changes-merge"
32554 \begin_layout Standard
32555 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32556 \begin_inset Index idx
32559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 \begin_layout Standard
32569 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32575 \begin_layout Standard
32576 \begin_inset Graphics
32577 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32585 \begin_layout Standard
32586 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32592 \begin_layout Standard
32593 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32597 \begin_layout Standard
32598 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32604 \begin_layout Standard
32605 \begin_inset Tabular
32606 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32607 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32608 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32609 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32619 arg "changes-track"
32627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32633 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32635 \begin_inset space ~
32638 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32640 \begin_inset space ~
32649 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32658 arg "changes-output"
32666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32674 \begin_inset space ~
32677 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32679 \begin_inset space ~
32683 \begin_inset space ~
32687 \begin_inset space ~
32696 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 Jumps to the next change
32723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32732 arg "change-accept"
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32748 \begin_inset space ~
32751 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32753 \begin_inset space ~
32762 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 arg "change-reject"
32779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32787 \begin_inset space ~
32790 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32792 \begin_inset space ~
32801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32810 arg "changes-merge"
32818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32824 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32826 \begin_inset space ~
32829 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32831 \begin_inset space ~
32840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 arg "all-changes-accept"
32857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32865 \begin_inset space ~
32868 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32870 \begin_inset space ~
32874 \begin_inset space ~
32883 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 arg "all-changes-reject"
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32906 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32908 \begin_inset space ~
32911 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32913 \begin_inset space ~
32917 \begin_inset space ~
32926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32950 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32952 \begin_inset space ~
32961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32984 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32986 \begin_inset space ~
33002 \begin_layout Standard
33003 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33009 \begin_layout Standard
33010 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
33011 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
33012 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
33013 the next change after the current cursor position.
33014 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
33015 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
33016 step to the next change.
33017 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
33020 \begin_layout Standard
33021 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
33022 to describe a change.
33025 \begin_layout Standard
33026 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
33031 \begin_inset Index idx
33034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33035 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
33041 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
33042 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33048 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
33051 \begin_layout Section
33052 Comparison of Documents
33053 \begin_inset Index idx
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 Comparison of documents
33065 \begin_layout Standard
33066 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
33068 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33072 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
33074 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
33077 \begin_inset space ~
33081 \begin_inset space ~
33085 \begin_inset space ~
33090 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
33095 \begin_inset space ~
33099 \begin_inset space ~
33103 \begin_inset space ~
33107 \begin_inset space ~
33111 \begin_inset space ~
33115 \begin_inset space ~
33120 enables the change tracking option
33123 \begin_inset space ~
33127 \begin_inset space ~
33131 \begin_inset space ~
33136 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
33139 \begin_layout Section
33140 International Support
33141 \begin_inset Index idx
33144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 International support
33153 \begin_layout Standard
33154 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
33155 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
33156 how to set up LyX to use them:
33157 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33159 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33166 \begin_layout Standard
33167 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33168 \begin_inset space ~
33172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33174 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33181 \begin_layout Subsection
33183 \begin_inset Index idx
33186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 \begin_inset Index idx
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 Document ! Settings
33203 \begin_inset Index idx
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33207 Document ! Language
33215 \begin_layout Standard
33218 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33221 dialog lets you set
33223 the language and character encoding for your language.
33227 \begin_layout Standard
33228 Choose your language in the
33232 section of this dialog.
33240 \begin_layout Standard
33245 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33250 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33251 For details about the different encoding options see section
33252 \begin_inset space ~
33256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33258 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
33265 \begin_layout Subsection
33266 Keyboard mapping configuration
33267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33269 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33276 \begin_layout Standard
33277 If you have for example a U.
33278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33281 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33282 can use an alternate keymap.
33283 For example, if you have a U.
33284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33287 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33288 use an Italian keymap.
33289 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33291 \begin_inset space ~
33295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33297 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33302 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33303 which one you want to use.
33306 \begin_layout Standard
33307 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33308 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33309 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33310 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33311 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33312 one to support the characters you want.
33313 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33320 \begin_layout Subsection
33324 \begin_layout Standard
33326 \begin_inset space ~
33330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33332 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33341 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33345 \begin_layout Standard
33346 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33347 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
33355 \begin_layout Itemize
33356 Even if you have selected
33362 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33365 dialog, users who have only the
33369 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33373 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33374 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33375 french quotes won't show up.
33378 \begin_layout Standard
33379 \begin_inset Float table
33384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33385 \begin_inset Caption
33387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33390 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33408 \begin_inset Tabular
33409 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33410 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33411 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33412 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33415 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33421 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33422 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33424 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33425 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33426 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33427 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37840 \begin_layout Standard
37841 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37843 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37844 also the characters from
37856 \begin_layout Itemize
37865 \begin_layout Standard
37866 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37867 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37873 \begin_layout Standard
37874 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37875 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37881 \begin_layout Standard
37882 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37883 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37889 \begin_layout Standard
37890 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37891 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37897 \begin_layout Standard
37899 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37905 \begin_layout Standard
37907 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37913 \begin_layout Standard
37915 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37922 \begin_layout Itemize
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37937 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37943 \begin_layout Standard
37945 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37951 \begin_layout Standard
37953 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37959 \begin_layout Standard
37961 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37967 \begin_layout Standard
37969 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37975 \begin_layout Standard
37977 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37984 \begin_layout Standard
37985 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37986 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37987 Also make sure you're using the
37994 \begin_layout Chapter
37997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37999 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
38006 \begin_layout Standard
38007 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
38008 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
38009 topic inside the user's guide.
38012 \begin_layout Section
38014 \begin_inset Index idx
38017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38026 \begin_layout Standard
38031 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
38032 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
38035 \begin_layout Subsection
38039 \begin_layout Standard
38040 Creates a new document.
38043 \begin_layout Subsection
38047 \begin_layout Standard
38048 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
38049 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
38050 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
38053 \begin_layout Subsection
38057 \begin_layout Standard
38061 \begin_layout Subsection
38065 \begin_layout Standard
38066 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
38067 Click there on a file to open it.
38070 \begin_layout Subsection
38074 \begin_layout Standard
38075 Closes the current document.
38078 \begin_layout Subsection
38082 \begin_layout Standard
38083 Closes all opened documents.
38086 \begin_layout Subsection
38090 \begin_layout Standard
38091 Saves the actual document.
38094 \begin_layout Subsection
38098 \begin_layout Standard
38099 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
38102 \begin_layout Subsection
38106 \begin_layout Standard
38107 Saves all opened documents.
38110 \begin_layout Subsection
38114 \begin_layout Standard
38115 Reloads the actual document from disk.
38118 \begin_layout Subsection
38122 \begin_layout Standard
38123 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
38124 It is described in the section
38126 Version Control in LyX
38130 Additional Features
38135 \begin_layout Subsection
38139 \begin_layout Standard
38140 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
38141 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
38142 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
38143 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
38146 \begin_layout Standard
38147 When using the menu entry
38150 \begin_inset space ~
38155 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
38159 \begin_inset space ~
38163 \begin_inset space ~
38168 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38169 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38172 \begin_layout Subsection
38174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38183 \begin_layout Standard
38184 You can export your document to various file formats.
38185 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38186 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38187 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
38190 \begin_layout Standard
38191 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38193 \begin_inset space ~
38197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38199 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38206 \begin_layout Description
38210 \begin_inset space ~
38215 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
38217 \begin_inset Newline newline
38220 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
38223 \begin_layout Description
38231 \begin_layout Description
38232 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38236 \begin_layout Description
38238 \begin_inset space ~
38242 \begin_inset space ~
38245 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38249 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38257 \begin_layout Description
38264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 \begin_inset space ~
38277 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38278 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38282 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38285 \begin_layout Description
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38300 \begin_inset space ~
38305 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38306 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38314 \begin_layout Description
38316 \begin_inset space ~
38319 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
38320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38327 is replaced by the version number)
38330 \begin_layout Description
38331 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38334 \begin_layout Description
38335 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
38348 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38352 \begin_layout Description
38356 \begin_inset space ~
38361 PDF-format using the program
38366 \begin_layout Description
38370 \begin_inset space ~
38375 PDF-format using the program
38380 \begin_layout Description
38384 \begin_inset space ~
38389 PDF-format using the program
38394 \begin_layout Description
38398 \begin_inset space ~
38406 \begin_layout Description
38410 \begin_inset space ~
38414 \begin_inset space ~
38419 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38420 and then exported as text using the program
38425 \begin_layout Description
38430 PostScript format using the program
38435 \begin_layout Description
38443 \begin_layout Standard
38448 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
38449 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
38455 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
38458 \begin_layout Standard
38459 If one of the menu entries
38466 \begin_inset space ~
38475 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38476 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38477 \begin_inset space ~
38481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38483 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38488 \begin_inset Index idx
38491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38492 Reconfiguration of LyX
38500 \begin_layout Standard
38505 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
38506 the export program.
38509 \begin_layout Subsection
38513 \begin_layout Standard
38514 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38515 format or send it to a printer.
38516 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38517 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38523 For more information have a look at section
38524 \begin_inset space ~
38528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38530 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38537 \begin_layout Subsection
38541 \begin_layout Standard
38542 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38543 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38544 prefix, see section
38545 \begin_inset space ~
38549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38551 reference "sec:Paths"
38556 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38565 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38566 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38567 \begin_inset space ~
38571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38573 reference "sub:Converters"
38580 \begin_layout Subsection
38581 New and Close Window
38584 \begin_layout Standard
38585 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38588 \begin_layout Subsection
38592 \begin_layout Standard
38593 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38596 \begin_layout Section
38598 \begin_inset Index idx
38601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38610 \begin_layout Subsection
38614 \begin_layout Standard
38615 Described in section
38616 \begin_inset space ~
38620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38622 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38629 \begin_layout Subsection
38630 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38633 \begin_layout Standard
38634 Described in section
38635 \begin_inset space ~
38639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38641 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38648 \begin_layout Subsection
38652 \begin_layout Standard
38653 Selects the whole document.
38656 \begin_layout Subsection
38660 \begin_layout Standard
38661 Described in section
38662 \begin_inset space ~
38666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38668 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38675 \begin_layout Subsection
38676 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38679 \begin_layout Standard
38680 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38684 \begin_layout Subsection
38688 \begin_layout Standard
38689 Described in section
38690 \begin_inset space ~
38694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38696 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38703 \begin_layout Subsection
38705 \begin_inset Index idx
38708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38709 Paragraph ! Settings
38717 \begin_layout Standard
38718 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38719 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38722 \begin_layout Standard
38723 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38724 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38732 \begin_inset space ~
38740 \begin_layout Subsection
38741 Table Settings and Math
38744 \begin_layout Standard
38745 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38747 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38748 The properties of tables are described in section
38749 \begin_inset space ~
38753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38755 reference "sec:Tables"
38759 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38760 \begin_inset space ~
38764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38766 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38773 \begin_layout Subsection
38774 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38777 \begin_layout Standard
38778 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38779 that can be nested.
38780 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38781 \begin_inset space ~
38785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38787 reference "sec:Nesting"
38792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38794 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38801 \begin_layout Section
38803 \begin_inset Index idx
38806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38815 \begin_layout Standard
38820 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38821 document with an external program.
38822 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38823 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38824 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38825 \begin_inset space ~
38829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38831 reference "sub:Export"
38836 You should at least see the menu entries
38843 \begin_inset space ~
38849 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38850 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38851 \begin_inset space ~
38855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38857 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38862 \begin_inset Index idx
38865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38866 Reconfiguration of LyX
38874 \begin_layout Standard
38875 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38876 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38877 \begin_inset space ~
38881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38883 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38888 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38891 \begin_layout Standard
38892 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38895 At the bottom of the
38899 menu the opened documents are listed.
38902 \begin_layout Subsection
38903 Open/Close all Insets
38906 \begin_layout Standard
38907 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38910 \begin_layout Subsection
38911 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38914 \begin_layout Standard
38915 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38918 \begin_layout Standard
38919 Math macros are described in the
38926 \begin_layout Subsection
38930 \begin_layout Standard
38931 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38933 \begin_inset space ~
38937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38939 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38946 \begin_layout Subsection
38950 \begin_layout Standard
38951 Opens a window showing console messages.
38952 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38956 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38957 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38960 \begin_layout Subsection
38964 \begin_layout Standard
38965 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38966 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38967 \begin_inset space ~
38971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38973 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38977 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38978 \begin_inset space ~
38982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38984 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38988 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38991 \begin_layout Subsection
38992 View (Other Formats)
38995 \begin_layout Standard
38996 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38999 \begin_layout Subsection
39003 \begin_layout Standard
39004 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39005 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
39006 opening a new viewer window.
39009 \begin_layout Subsection
39010 Update (Other Formats)
39013 \begin_layout Standard
39014 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
39015 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39018 \begin_layout Subsection
39019 View Master Document
39022 \begin_layout Standard
39023 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39040 manual for more information on this topic).
39041 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39042 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39047 generates the output of the whole book, while
39051 will just output the chapter alone.
39054 \begin_layout Standard
39055 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39056 in the preferences (see sec.
39057 \begin_inset space ~
39061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39063 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39067 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39068 \begin_inset space ~
39072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39074 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39081 \begin_layout Subsection
39082 Update Master Document
39085 \begin_layout Standard
39086 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39103 manual for more information on this topic).
39104 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39105 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39108 \begin_layout Standard
39109 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39110 in the preferences (see sec.
39111 \begin_inset space ~
39115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39117 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39121 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39122 \begin_inset space ~
39126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39128 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39135 \begin_layout Subsection
39139 \begin_layout Standard
39140 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39141 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39142 view the same document, but at different positions.
39143 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39144 or more documents at the same time.
39145 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39152 \begin_layout Subsection
39156 \begin_layout Standard
39157 Closes a split view.
39160 \begin_layout Subsection
39164 \begin_layout Standard
39165 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39166 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39167 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39168 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39169 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39172 \begin_layout Subsection
39174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39176 name "sub:Toolbars"
39181 \begin_inset Index idx
39184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39193 \begin_layout Standard
39194 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39195 All toolbars and the
39198 \begin_inset space ~
39203 can be turned on and off.
39208 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39220 \begin_inset space ~
39229 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39233 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39240 \begin_layout Standard
39245 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39249 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39250 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39251 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39252 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39253 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39256 \begin_layout Standard
39257 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39258 \begin_inset space ~
39262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39264 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39271 \begin_layout Section
39273 \begin_inset Index idx
39276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39285 \begin_layout Subsection
39289 \begin_layout Standard
39290 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39291 \begin_inset space ~
39295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39297 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39308 \begin_layout Subsection
39310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39312 name "sub:Special-Character"
39319 \begin_layout Standard
39320 Here you can insert the following characters:
39323 \begin_layout Description
39324 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39325 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39326 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39327 \begin_inset Newline newline
39331 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39339 Not all characters will be visible in the
39343 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39351 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39355 ) can display every character.
39363 \begin_layout Description
39364 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39368 \begin_layout Description
39370 \begin_inset space ~
39374 \begin_inset space ~
39377 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39378 \begin_inset space ~
39382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39384 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39391 \begin_layout Description
39393 \begin_inset space ~
39396 Quote Inserts this quote:
39397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39400 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
39402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39412 \begin_layout Description
39414 \begin_inset space ~
39417 Quote Inserts this quote:
39418 \begin_inset Quotes els
39424 \begin_layout Description
39426 \begin_inset space ~
39429 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39433 \begin_layout Description
39435 \begin_inset space ~
39438 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39442 \begin_layout Description
39444 \begin_inset space ~
39447 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39451 \begin_layout Description
39453 \begin_inset space ~
39457 \begin_inset Index idx
39460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39467 \begin_inset Index idx
39470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39471 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39476 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39477 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39478 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39483 \begin_inset Index idx
39486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39487 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39493 \begin_inset Newline newline
39496 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39500 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39508 and this Wiki-page:
39509 \begin_inset Newline newline
39513 \begin_inset Flex URL
39516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39518 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39526 \begin_layout Subsection
39530 \begin_layout Standard
39531 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39534 \begin_layout Description
39535 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39536 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
39542 \begin_layout Description
39543 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39544 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
39550 \begin_layout Description
39552 \begin_inset space ~
39555 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39556 \begin_inset space ~
39560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39562 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39569 \begin_layout Description
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39574 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39575 \begin_inset space ~
39579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39581 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39588 \begin_layout Description
39590 \begin_inset space ~
39593 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39594 \begin_inset space ~
39598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39600 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39607 \begin_layout Description
39609 \begin_inset space ~
39612 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39619 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39626 \begin_layout Description
39628 \begin_inset space ~
39631 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39632 \begin_inset space ~
39636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39638 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39645 \begin_layout Description
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39650 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39651 \begin_inset space ~
39655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39657 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39664 \begin_layout Description
39666 \begin_inset space ~
39669 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39670 \begin_inset space ~
39674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39676 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39683 \begin_layout Description
39685 \begin_inset space ~
39688 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39695 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39702 \begin_layout Description
39704 \begin_inset space ~
39708 \begin_inset space ~
39711 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39712 \begin_inset space ~
39716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39718 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39725 \begin_layout Description
39727 \begin_inset space ~
39730 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39731 text line to the page border, see section
39732 \begin_inset space ~
39736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39738 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39745 \begin_layout Description
39747 \begin_inset space ~
39750 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39757 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39764 \begin_layout Description
39766 \begin_inset space ~
39769 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39770 text page to the page border, described in section
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39777 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39784 \begin_layout Description
39786 \begin_inset space ~
39789 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39790 \begin_inset space ~
39794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39796 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39803 \begin_layout Description
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39812 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39813 \begin_inset space ~
39817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39819 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39826 \begin_layout Subsection
39830 \begin_layout Standard
39831 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39832 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
39834 \begin_inset space ~
39838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39840 reference "sec:toc"
39845 The index list is described in section
39846 \begin_inset space ~
39850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39852 reference "sec:Index"
39856 , the nomenclature in section
39857 \begin_inset space ~
39861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39863 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39867 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39868 \begin_inset space ~
39872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39874 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39881 \begin_layout Subsection
39885 \begin_layout Standard
39886 To insert floats, described in section
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39893 reference "sec:Floats"
39900 \begin_layout Subsection
39904 \begin_layout Standard
39905 To insert notes, described in section
39906 \begin_inset space ~
39910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39912 reference "sec:Notes"
39919 \begin_layout Subsection
39923 \begin_layout Standard
39924 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39925 \begin_inset space ~
39929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39931 reference "sec:Branches"
39938 \begin_layout Subsection
39942 \begin_layout Standard
39943 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39944 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39946 An example is the document class
39947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39954 with three custom insets.
39957 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39963 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39966 \begin_layout Subsection
39968 \begin_inset Index idx
39971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39980 \begin_layout Standard
39981 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39982 files in your document.
39983 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39994 \begin_layout Subsection
39996 \begin_inset Index idx
39999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40008 \begin_layout Standard
40009 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40010 \begin_inset space ~
40014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40016 reference "sec:Minipages"
40021 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40032 \begin_layout Subsection
40036 \begin_layout Standard
40037 Inserts a citation as described in section
40038 \begin_inset space ~
40042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40044 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40051 \begin_layout Subsection
40055 \begin_layout Standard
40056 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40057 \begin_inset space ~
40061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40063 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40070 \begin_layout Subsection
40074 \begin_layout Standard
40075 Inserts a label as described in section
40076 \begin_inset space ~
40080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40082 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40089 \begin_layout Subsection
40091 \begin_inset Index idx
40094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40101 \begin_inset Index idx
40104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40105 Longtables ! Caption
40113 \begin_layout Standard
40114 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40115 Floats are described in section
40116 \begin_inset space ~
40120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40122 reference "sec:Floats"
40126 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40137 \begin_layout Subsection
40141 \begin_layout Standard
40142 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40149 reference "sec:Index"
40156 \begin_layout Subsection
40160 \begin_layout Standard
40161 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40162 \begin_inset space ~
40166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40168 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40175 \begin_layout Subsection
40179 \begin_layout Standard
40181 Tables are described in section
40182 \begin_inset space ~
40186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40188 reference "sec:Tables"
40195 \begin_layout Subsection
40199 \begin_layout Standard
40201 Graphics are described in section
40202 \begin_inset space ~
40206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40208 reference "sec:Graphics"
40215 \begin_layout Subsection
40219 \begin_layout Standard
40220 Inserts an URL as described in section
40221 \begin_inset space ~
40225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40227 reference "sub:URLs"
40234 \begin_layout Subsection
40238 \begin_layout Standard
40239 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40240 \begin_inset space ~
40244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40246 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40253 \begin_layout Subsection
40257 \begin_layout Standard
40258 Inserts a footnote, see section
40259 \begin_inset space ~
40263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40265 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40272 \begin_layout Subsection
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40278 \begin_inset space ~
40282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40284 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40291 \begin_layout Subsection
40295 \begin_layout Standard
40296 Inserts a short title, see section
40297 \begin_inset space ~
40301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40303 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40310 \begin_layout Subsection
40314 \begin_layout Standard
40315 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40316 \begin_inset space ~
40320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40322 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40329 \begin_layout Subsection
40331 \begin_inset Index idx
40334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40343 \begin_layout Standard
40344 Inserts a program listings box.
40345 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40347 Program Code Listings
40356 \begin_layout Subsection
40360 \begin_layout Standard
40361 Inserts the actual date.
40362 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40364 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40376 \begin_layout Section
40378 \begin_inset Index idx
40381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40390 \begin_layout Standard
40391 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40392 \begin_inset space ~
40395 of the current document.
40396 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40399 \begin_layout Subsection
40403 \begin_layout Standard
40404 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40405 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40411 \begin_inset space \space{}
40415 \begin_inset space ~
40419 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40420 \begin_inset space ~
40423 2.5 and use the menu
40426 \begin_inset space ~
40430 \begin_inset space ~
40437 \begin_inset space ~
40443 \begin_inset space ~
40447 \begin_inset space ~
40453 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40457 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40463 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40469 \begin_layout Standard
40470 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40471 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40474 \begin_layout Subsection
40475 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40478 \begin_layout Standard
40479 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40483 \begin_layout Subsection
40487 \begin_layout Standard
40488 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40489 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40490 on a cross-reference box.
40493 \begin_layout Section
40495 \begin_inset Index idx
40498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40507 \begin_layout Subsection
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40512 Change Tracking is described in section
40513 \begin_inset space ~
40517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40519 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40526 \begin_layout Subsection
40531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40541 \begin_layout Standard
40542 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40544 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40547 \begin_layout Standard
40548 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40553 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40556 \begin_layout Subsection
40560 \begin_layout Standard
40561 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40562 \begin_inset space ~
40566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40568 reference "sec:Navigating"
40573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40575 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40582 \begin_layout Subsection
40583 Start Appendix Here
40586 \begin_layout Standard
40587 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40588 position as described in section
40589 \begin_inset space ~
40593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40595 reference "sec:Appendices"
40602 \begin_layout Subsection
40606 \begin_layout Standard
40607 Un/compresses the current document.
40610 \begin_layout Subsection
40614 \begin_layout Standard
40615 The document settings are described in appendix
40616 \begin_inset space ~
40620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40622 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40629 \begin_layout Section
40631 \begin_inset Index idx
40634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40643 \begin_layout Subsection
40647 \begin_layout Standard
40648 Spell checking is explained in section
40649 \begin_inset space ~
40653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40655 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40662 \begin_layout Subsection
40666 \begin_layout Standard
40667 The thesaurus is described in section
40668 \begin_inset space ~
40672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40674 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40681 \begin_layout Subsection
40683 \begin_inset Index idx
40686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40693 \begin_inset Index idx
40696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40705 \begin_layout Standard
40706 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
40707 highlighted document part.
40710 \begin_layout Subsection
40712 \begin_inset Index idx
40715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40724 \begin_layout Standard
40725 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40728 \begin_layout Subsection
40730 \begin_inset Index idx
40733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40734 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40745 Reconfiguration of LyX
40749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40762 \begin_inset Index idx
40765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40766 Reconfiguration of LyX
40774 \begin_layout Standard
40775 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40776 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40777 \begin_inset space ~
40781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40783 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40790 \begin_layout Subsection
40794 \begin_layout Standard
40795 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40802 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40809 \begin_layout Section
40811 \begin_inset Index idx
40814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40823 \begin_layout Standard
40824 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40828 \begin_layout Standard
40832 \begin_inset space ~
40837 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40838 found by LyX (see also section
40839 \begin_inset space ~
40843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40845 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40852 \begin_layout Section
40854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40856 name "sec:Toolbars"
40863 \begin_layout Standard
40864 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40865 \begin_inset space ~
40869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40871 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40878 \begin_layout Standard
40879 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40880 This is described in the
40882 Additional Features
40887 \begin_layout Subsection
40889 \begin_inset Index idx
40892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40901 \begin_layout Standard
40902 \begin_inset Graphics
40903 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40911 \begin_layout Standard
40912 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40918 \begin_layout Standard
40919 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40936 \begin_inset Note Note
40939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40940 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40945 manual for more information.
40953 \begin_layout Standard
40954 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40960 \begin_layout Standard
40961 \begin_inset Tabular
40962 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40963 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40971 \begin_inset Graphics
40972 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40986 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40999 \begin_layout Standard
41000 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41006 \begin_layout Standard
41008 \begin_inset Tabular
41009 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41010 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41011 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41012 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41013 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41036 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41066 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41073 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41096 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41112 arg "dialog-show print"
41120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41126 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41133 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41142 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41156 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41163 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41186 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41193 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41216 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41253 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41276 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41306 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41322 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41336 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41360 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41374 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41375 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41403 Emphasize text, function of the
41405 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41407 \begin_inset space ~
41418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41439 Set text to noun style, function of the
41441 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41443 \begin_inset space ~
41454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41463 arg "textstyle-apply"
41471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41475 Formats text using the current settings in the
41477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41479 \begin_inset space ~
41490 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41514 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41516 \begin_inset space ~
41525 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41555 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41562 arg "tabular-insert"
41570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41576 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41592 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41604 Toggle outline window on/off,
41606 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41613 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41622 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41634 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41649 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41661 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41674 \begin_layout Subsection
41676 \begin_inset Index idx
41679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41688 \begin_layout Standard
41689 \begin_inset Graphics
41690 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41698 \begin_layout Standard
41699 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41705 \begin_layout Standard
41706 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41710 \begin_layout Standard
41711 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41717 \begin_layout Standard
41718 \begin_inset Tabular
41719 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41720 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41721 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41722 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41750 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41759 arg "layout Enumerate"
41767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41786 arg "layout Itemize"
41794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41840 arg "layout Description"
41848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41858 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41867 arg "depth-increment"
41875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41881 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41883 \begin_inset space ~
41887 \begin_inset space ~
41896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41905 arg "depth-decrement"
41913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41921 \begin_inset space ~
41925 \begin_inset space ~
41934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41943 arg "float-insert figure"
41951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41958 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41965 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41974 arg "float-insert table"
41982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41989 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42019 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42035 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42049 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42056 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42065 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42079 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42086 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42111 \begin_inset space ~
42120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42129 arg "nomencl-insert"
42137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42145 \begin_inset space ~
42154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42163 arg "footnote-insert"
42171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42193 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42209 \begin_inset space ~
42218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42242 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42244 \begin_inset space ~
42253 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42262 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42353 \begin_inset space ~
42362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42371 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42386 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42402 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42417 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42419 \begin_inset space ~
42428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42437 arg "dialog-show character"
42445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42451 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42453 \begin_inset space ~
42462 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42471 arg "layout-paragraph"
42479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42485 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42487 \begin_inset space ~
42496 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42505 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42519 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42533 \begin_layout Subsection
42534 View / Update Toolbar
42535 \begin_inset Index idx
42538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42539 Toolbar ! View / Update
42547 \begin_layout Standard
42548 \begin_inset Graphics
42549 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42556 \begin_layout Standard
42557 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42563 \begin_layout Standard
42564 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42568 \begin_layout Standard
42569 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42575 \begin_layout Standard
42576 \begin_inset Tabular
42577 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42578 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42579 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42580 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42604 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42611 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42620 arg "buffer-update"
42628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42634 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42650 arg "master-buffer-view"
42658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42664 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42671 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42680 arg "master-buffer-update"
42688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42694 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42696 \begin_inset space ~
42705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42714 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42729 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42730 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42731 Synchronize with Output
42737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42742 \begin_inset Graphics
42743 filename ../images/view-others.png
42745 groupId toolbarbuttons
42756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42762 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42763 View (Other Formats)
42769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42774 \begin_inset Graphics
42775 filename ../images/update-others.png
42777 groupId toolbarbuttons
42786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42792 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42793 Update (Other Formats)
42806 \begin_layout Standard
42807 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42811 \begin_layout Subsection
42815 \begin_layout Standard
42816 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42817 \begin_inset space ~
42821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42823 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42827 , the table toolbar
42828 \begin_inset Index idx
42831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42841 manual, the math macro toolbar
42842 \begin_inset Index idx
42845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42858 \begin_layout Chapter
42859 The Document Settings
42860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42862 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42867 \begin_inset Index idx
42870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42871 Document ! Settings
42879 \begin_layout Standard
42880 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42881 whole document and is called with the menu
42883 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42887 You can save your document settings as default with th
42889 e Save as Document Defaults
42891 button in the dialog.
42892 This will create a template named
42896 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42900 \begin_layout Standard
42901 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42904 \begin_layout Section
42908 \begin_layout Standard
42909 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42911 Document classes are described in section
42912 \begin_inset space ~
42916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42918 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42923 Some classes use some class options by default.
42924 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42928 and you can decide to use them or not.
42929 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42930 recommended not to touch them.
42931 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42937 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42938 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42944 When you want one of the following drivers
42945 \begin_inset Newline newline
42948 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42949 \begin_inset Newline newline
42952 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42957 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42959 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42971 \begin_layout Standard
42972 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42973 child or subdocument.
42974 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42975 without its master.
42976 This way child documents are always compilable.
42977 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42988 \begin_layout Section
42992 \begin_layout Standard
42993 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42994 Please refer to the section
43002 manual for details.
43005 \begin_layout Section
43009 \begin_layout Standard
43010 Modules are explained in section
43011 \begin_inset space ~
43015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43017 reference "sub:Modules"
43024 \begin_layout Section
43028 \begin_layout Standard
43029 The document font settings are described in section
43030 \begin_inset space ~
43034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43036 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43043 \begin_layout Section
43047 \begin_layout Standard
43048 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43050 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
43054 \begin_layout Standard
43055 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43056 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
43057 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43060 \begin_layout Standard
43061 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
43069 \begin_layout Section
43073 \begin_layout Standard
43074 A description of this menu is given in section
43075 \begin_inset space ~
43079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43081 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
43086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43088 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43095 \begin_layout Section
43099 \begin_layout Standard
43100 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43101 \begin_inset space ~
43105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43107 reference "sub:Margins"
43114 \begin_layout Section
43116 \begin_inset Index idx
43119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 Language ! Encoding
43128 \begin_layout Standard
43129 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43130 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43131 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43132 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43133 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43134 known for a particular character).
43138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43139 The known commands are defined in a text file.
43140 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43145 manual for details.
43153 \begin_layout Standard
43154 If you use the option
43158 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43159 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43160 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43161 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43162 exactly one encoding.
43163 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43166 \begin_layout Standard
43167 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43168 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43169 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43170 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43171 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43172 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43177 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43178 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43179 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43180 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43181 engines to standard LaTeX.
43182 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43183 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43186 \begin_inset space ~
43193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43205 \begin_inset space ~
43212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43224 \begin_inset space ~
43230 \begin_inset space ~
43234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43236 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43240 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
43243 \begin_layout Standard
43244 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43247 \begin_layout Description
43249 \begin_inset space ~
43253 \begin_inset space ~
43257 \begin_inset space ~
43264 , but the LaTeX-package
43269 \begin_inset Index idx
43272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43273 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43279 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43280 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43281 languages in TeX code.
43284 \begin_layout Description
43285 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43286 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43287 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43290 \begin_layout Description
43292 \begin_inset space ~
43296 \begin_inset space ~
43299 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43302 \begin_layout Description
43304 \begin_inset space ~
43308 \begin_inset space ~
43311 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43314 \begin_layout Description
43316 \begin_inset space ~
43319 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43322 \begin_layout Description
43324 \begin_inset space ~
43328 \begin_inset space ~
43331 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43332 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43335 \begin_layout Description
43337 \begin_inset space ~
43341 \begin_inset space ~
43344 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43348 \begin_layout Description
43350 \begin_inset space ~
43354 \begin_inset space ~
43357 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43358 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43361 \begin_layout Description
43363 \begin_inset space ~
43367 \begin_inset space ~
43371 \begin_inset space ~
43374 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43375 \begin_inset space ~
43381 \begin_layout Description
43383 \begin_inset space ~
43387 \begin_inset space ~
43391 \begin_inset space ~
43394 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43395 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43398 \begin_layout Description
43400 \begin_inset space ~
43404 \begin_inset space ~
43407 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43408 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43409 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43410 \begin_inset space ~
43414 \begin_inset space ~
43420 \begin_layout Description
43422 \begin_inset space ~
43426 \begin_inset space ~
43429 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43430 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43431 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43432 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43433 \begin_inset space ~
43437 \begin_inset space ~
43443 \begin_layout Description
43445 \begin_inset space ~
43449 \begin_inset space ~
43452 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43455 \begin_layout Description
43457 \begin_inset space ~
43461 \begin_inset space ~
43464 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43467 \begin_layout Description
43469 \begin_inset space ~
43473 \begin_inset space ~
43476 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43479 \begin_layout Description
43481 \begin_inset space ~
43484 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43487 \begin_layout Description
43489 \begin_inset space ~
43492 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43495 \begin_layout Description
43497 \begin_inset space ~
43501 \begin_inset space ~
43504 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43507 \begin_layout Description
43509 \begin_inset space ~
43513 \begin_inset space ~
43519 \begin_layout Description
43521 \begin_inset space ~
43525 \begin_inset space ~
43528 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43531 \begin_layout Description
43533 \begin_inset space ~
43537 \begin_inset space ~
43543 \begin_layout Description
43545 \begin_inset space ~
43549 \begin_inset space ~
43552 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43557 \begin_inset Index idx
43560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43561 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43566 , when using this, set the document language to
43571 \begin_layout Description
43573 \begin_inset space ~
43577 \begin_inset space ~
43580 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43584 , when using this, set the document language to
43587 \begin_inset space ~
43593 \begin_layout Description
43595 \begin_inset space ~
43599 \begin_inset space ~
43602 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43607 \begin_inset Index idx
43610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43611 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43616 , when using this, set the document language to
43621 \begin_layout Description
43623 \begin_inset space ~
43627 \begin_inset space ~
43630 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43634 , when using this, set the document language to
43639 \begin_layout Description
43641 \begin_inset space ~
43645 \begin_inset space ~
43648 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43652 , when using this, set the document language to
43657 \begin_layout Description
43659 \begin_inset space ~
43662 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43665 \begin_layout Description
43667 \begin_inset space ~
43671 \begin_inset space ~
43675 \begin_inset space ~
43678 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43681 \begin_layout Description
43683 \begin_inset space ~
43687 \begin_inset space ~
43691 \begin_inset space ~
43694 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43695 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43696 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43699 \begin_layout Description
43701 \begin_inset space ~
43705 \begin_inset space ~
43711 \begin_layout Description
43713 \begin_inset space ~
43717 \begin_inset space ~
43720 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43721 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43724 \begin_layout Description
43726 \begin_inset space ~
43730 \begin_inset space ~
43733 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43738 \begin_inset Index idx
43741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43742 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43747 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43750 \begin_layout Description
43752 \begin_inset space ~
43756 \begin_inset space ~
43759 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43767 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43772 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43774 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43777 \begin_layout Description
43779 \begin_inset space ~
43783 \begin_inset space ~
43786 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43791 \begin_inset Index idx
43794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43795 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43800 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43803 \begin_layout Description
43805 \begin_inset space ~
43808 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43813 \begin_inset Index idx
43816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43817 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43823 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43827 \begin_layout Description
43829 \begin_inset space ~
43833 \begin_inset space ~
43837 \begin_inset space ~
43840 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43841 \begin_inset space ~
43847 \begin_layout Description
43849 \begin_inset space ~
43853 \begin_inset space ~
43857 \begin_inset space ~
43860 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43861 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43862 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43866 \begin_layout Description
43868 \begin_inset space ~
43872 \begin_inset space ~
43876 \begin_inset space ~
43879 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43880 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43883 \begin_layout Standard
43884 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43888 LatexCommand formatted
43889 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43893 for more information on the language package.
43896 \begin_layout Section
43900 \begin_layout Standard
43901 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43902 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43903 \begin_inset space ~
43907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43909 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43916 \begin_layout Section
43920 \begin_layout Standard
43921 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43926 \begin_inset Index idx
43929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43930 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43940 \begin_inset Index idx
43943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43944 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43949 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43954 \begin_inset Index idx
43957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43958 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43963 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43965 For a further description see section
43966 \begin_inset space ~
43970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43972 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43979 \begin_layout Section
43983 \begin_layout Standard
43984 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43985 and you can define additional indexes.
43986 Please refer to section
43987 \begin_inset space ~
43991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43993 reference "sec:Index"
44000 \begin_layout Section
44004 \begin_layout Standard
44005 The PDF properties are explained in section
44006 \begin_inset space ~
44010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44012 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44019 \begin_layout Section
44023 \begin_layout Standard
44024 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44029 \begin_inset Index idx
44032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44033 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44043 \begin_inset Index idx
44046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44047 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44052 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44055 \begin_layout Standard
44060 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44061 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
44064 \begin_layout Standard
44069 is used for special integral characters.
44072 \begin_layout Section
44076 \begin_layout Standard
44077 The float placement options are described in section
44078 \begin_inset space ~
44082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44084 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
44091 \begin_layout Section
44095 \begin_layout Standard
44096 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44097 The itemize environment is described in section
44098 \begin_inset space ~
44102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44104 reference "sec:Itemize"
44111 \begin_layout Section
44115 \begin_layout Standard
44116 Branches are described in section
44117 \begin_inset space ~
44121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44123 reference "sec:Branches"
44130 \begin_layout Section
44132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44134 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44141 \begin_layout Standard
44142 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44145 \begin_layout Description
44147 \begin_inset space ~
44151 \begin_inset space ~
44154 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44174 View Master Document
44175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44182 Update Master Document
44183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44190 menu or the toolbar.
44191 The default is set in
44193 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44194 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44199 LatexCommand formatted
44200 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44207 \begin_layout Description
44209 \begin_inset space ~
44213 \begin_inset space ~
44217 \begin_inset Note Note
44220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44229 \begin_layout Description
44231 \begin_inset space ~
44235 \begin_inset space ~
44239 \begin_inset Note Note
44242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44251 \begin_layout Section
44256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44266 \begin_layout Standard
44267 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44268 to define LaTeX-commands.
44269 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44270 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44274 \begin_layout Standard
44275 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44276 \begin_inset space ~
44280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44282 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44289 \begin_layout Chapter
44295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44297 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
44302 \begin_inset Index idx
44305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44314 \begin_layout Standard
44315 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44317 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44321 It has the following submenus.
44324 \begin_layout Section
44328 \begin_layout Subsection
44332 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44333 User Interface File
44334 \begin_inset Index idx
44337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44338 Customization ! of toolbars
44344 \begin_inset Index idx
44347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44348 Customization ! of menus
44356 \begin_layout Standard
44357 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44365 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44374 \begin_layout Standard
44375 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44376 interface (ui) file.
44377 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44378 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44387 Both files are loaded by the
44392 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44393 files and edit the entries.
44396 \begin_layout Standard
44397 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44409 entries must be ended with an explicit
44434 and in the case of the
44435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44447 The syntax for the entries is:
44450 \begin_layout Standard
44451 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44479 \begin_layout Standard
44481 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44484 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44486 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44488 \begin_inset space ~
44496 \begin_layout Standard
44497 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44503 \begin_layout Standard
44504 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44506 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44509 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44513 \begin_layout Standard
44514 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44538 \begin_layout Standard
44540 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44543 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44546 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44550 \begin_layout Standard
44553 Enable tool tips in main work area
44555 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44559 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44563 \begin_layout Standard
44567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44574 restoring of window layout and geometries
44576 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44577 in the last LyX session.
44580 \begin_layout Standard
44583 Restore cursor positions
44585 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44589 \begin_layout Standard
44592 Load opened files from last session
44594 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44597 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44601 name "sub:Backup documents"
44606 \begin_inset Index idx
44609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44618 \begin_layout Standard
44623 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44626 \begin_layout Standard
44631 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44634 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44636 \begin_inset space ~
44644 \begin_layout Standard
44647 Open documents in tabs
44649 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44653 \begin_layout Subsection
44655 \begin_inset Index idx
44658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44667 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44674 \begin_layout Standard
44675 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44678 \begin_layout Standard
44679 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44687 This section only deals with the fonts
44692 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44695 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44696 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44707 \begin_layout Standard
44708 By default, LyX uses
44712 as roman (serif) font,
44720 (depends on the system) as
44723 \begin_inset space ~
44739 \begin_layout Standard
44740 You can change the font size with the
44745 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44746 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44749 \begin_layout Standard
44754 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44755 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44760 points have the size of 1
44761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44765 \begin_inset space ~
44769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44771 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44778 \begin_layout Standard
44783 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44788 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44789 \begin_inset space ~
44793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44795 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44802 \begin_layout Standard
44805 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44807 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44808 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44809 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44810 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44812 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44813 \begin_inset space ~
44819 \begin_layout Subsection
44821 \begin_inset Index idx
44824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44831 \begin_inset Index idx
44834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44843 \begin_layout Standard
44844 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44845 Choose an item in the list and use the
44852 \begin_layout Subsection
44854 \begin_inset Index idx
44857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44866 \begin_layout Standard
44867 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44870 \begin_layout Standard
44875 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44876 This feature is described in section
44877 \begin_inset space ~
44881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44883 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44890 \begin_layout Standard
44894 \begin_inset space ~
44898 \begin_inset space ~
44902 \begin_inset space ~
44907 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44910 \begin_layout Section
44912 \begin_inset Index idx
44915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44924 \begin_layout Subsection
44928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44932 \begin_layout Standard
44935 Cursor follows scrollbar
44937 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44941 \begin_layout Standard
44942 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44947 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44948 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44951 \begin_layout Standard
44954 Sort environments alphabetically
44956 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44959 \begin_layout Standard
44962 Group environments by their category
44964 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44967 \begin_layout Standard
44968 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44980 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44984 \begin_layout Standard
44985 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44990 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44991 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44995 \begin_layout Subsection
44997 \begin_inset Index idx
45000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45007 \begin_inset Index idx
45010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45011 Settings ! Shortcuts
45019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45023 \begin_layout Standard
45024 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45025 Several binding files are available:
45028 \begin_layout Description
45029 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45032 \begin_layout Description
45033 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45044 \begin_layout Description
45045 mac.bind set of bindings for
45048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45056 \begin_layout Standard
45057 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45061 , and bind files for special languages.
45062 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45067 \begin_inset space \space{}
45071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45079 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45083 \begin_layout Standard
45084 Some bind-files, like
45088 , have only a small scope.
45089 When looking at the end of the file
45093 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45096 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45100 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45105 \begin_inset Index idx
45108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45109 Key Bindings ! Editing
45117 \begin_layout Standard
45118 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45119 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45120 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45123 Show key-bindings containing
45126 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45127 Insert there for example as keyword
45128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45135 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45145 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45146 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45150 that you will find in the
45157 \begin_layout Standard
45159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45163 \begin_inset space \space{}
45174 , select the function and press the
45179 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45180 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45181 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45182 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45183 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45185 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45187 The binding for the function
45191 is an example of this.
45194 \begin_layout Standard
45195 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45197 The syntax of the entries is:
45200 \begin_layout Standard
45206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45224 \begin_layout Subsection
45226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45228 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45233 \begin_inset Index idx
45236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45243 \begin_inset Index idx
45246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45247 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45255 \begin_layout Standard
45256 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45257 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45263 \begin_inset space \space{}
45266 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45267 can use the keyboard map file named
45274 \begin_layout Standard
45275 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45283 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45291 \begin_layout Standard
45292 Besides this, you can specify here the
45294 Wheel scrolling speed
45297 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45301 \begin_layout Subsection
45303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45305 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45310 \begin_inset Index idx
45313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45322 \begin_layout Standard
45323 Input completion is described in sec.
45324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45330 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45335 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45337 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45338 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45342 \begin_layout Section
45344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45351 \begin_inset Index idx
45354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45361 \begin_inset Index idx
45364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45373 \begin_layout Description
45375 \begin_inset space ~
45378 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45379 It is the default when you
45390 \begin_inset space ~
45398 \begin_layout Description
45400 \begin_inset space ~
45403 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45405 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45407 \begin_inset space ~
45411 \begin_inset space ~
45419 \begin_layout Description
45421 \begin_inset space ~
45424 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45430 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45434 \begin_inset Newline newline
45438 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45450 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45458 \begin_layout Description
45460 \begin_inset space ~
45464 \begin_inset Index idx
45467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45473 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45474 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45475 \begin_inset space ~
45479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45481 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45489 will be used to save the backups.
45490 \begin_inset Newline newline
45493 The backup files have the ending
45494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45504 \begin_layout Description
45509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45516 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45517 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45518 \begin_inset Newline newline
45525 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45526 You can edit this file with the program
45535 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45538 \begin_inset space ~
45544 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45549 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45550 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45556 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45557 \begin_inset Newline newline
45561 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45569 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45577 \begin_layout Description
45579 \begin_inset space ~
45582 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45585 \begin_layout Description
45587 \begin_inset space ~
45590 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45591 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45592 to find it on the system.
45593 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45594 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45603 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45604 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45608 \begin_layout Section
45612 \begin_layout Standard
45613 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45614 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45616 \begin_inset space ~
45620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45622 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45626 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45629 \begin_layout Section
45631 \begin_inset Index idx
45634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45635 Language ! Settings
45641 \begin_inset Index idx
45644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45645 Settings ! Language
45653 \begin_layout Subsection
45655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45657 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45664 \begin_layout Description
45666 \begin_inset space ~
45670 \begin_inset space ~
45673 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45674 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45675 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45676 You find the actual translation status here:
45677 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45679 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45680 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45687 \begin_layout Description
45689 \begin_inset space ~
45692 language is the language used in new documents
45695 \begin_layout Description
45697 \begin_inset space ~
45700 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45702 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45703 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45720 The most widespread language package is
45724 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45725 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45726 with an alternative language package (
45730 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45731 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45733 \begin_inset Newline newline
45736 The available selections are:
45740 \begin_layout Itemize
45750 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
45754 \begin_layout Itemize
45760 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
45761 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
45762 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
45765 \begin_layout Itemize
45771 Lets you load some other language package (via
45784 \begin_layout Itemize
45790 Loads no language package at all
45794 \begin_layout Description
45796 \begin_inset space ~
45800 \begin_inset space ~
45803 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45807 \begin_layout Description
45809 \begin_inset space ~
45812 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45813 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45814 An example is the start command
45820 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45825 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45840 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45845 \begin_layout Description
45847 \begin_inset space ~
45855 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45856 command toggles the package on and off.
45859 \begin_layout Description
45861 \begin_inset space ~
45865 \begin_inset space ~
45868 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45869 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45870 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45871 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45878 \begin_layout Description
45880 \begin_inset space ~
45883 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45885 When this option is not set, the
45888 \begin_inset space ~
45893 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45894 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45897 \begin_inset space ~
45905 \begin_layout Description
45907 \begin_inset space ~
45913 \begin_inset space ~
45919 When it is not set, the
45922 \begin_inset space ~
45927 is set to the end of the document.
45930 \begin_layout Description
45932 \begin_inset space ~
45936 \begin_inset space ~
45939 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45940 language will be underlined blue.
45943 \begin_layout Description
45945 \begin_inset space ~
45949 \begin_inset space ~
45952 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45953 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45956 \begin_layout Description
45958 \begin_inset space ~
45961 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45962 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45963 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45964 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45967 \begin_layout Subsection
45971 \begin_layout Standard
45972 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45973 \begin_inset space ~
45977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45979 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45986 \begin_layout Section
45990 \begin_layout Subsection
45992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45999 \begin_inset Index idx
46002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46009 \begin_inset Index idx
46012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46021 \begin_layout Description
46023 \begin_inset space ~
46026 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46027 The name will be used when the
46032 \begin_inset Newline newline
46036 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46044 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46052 \begin_layout Description
46054 \begin_inset space ~
46058 \begin_inset space ~
46062 \begin_inset space ~
46065 printer This option works only for the
46070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46082 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46083 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46086 \begin_layout Description
46088 \begin_inset space ~
46091 command is the command LyX
46092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46099 LaTeX uses for printing.
46100 The default is on most systems
46107 \begin_layout Description
46109 \begin_inset space ~
46113 \begin_inset space ~
46116 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46117 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46118 of the program that provides the
46125 \begin_layout Subsection
46127 \begin_inset Index idx
46130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46137 \begin_inset Index idx
46140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46141 Settings ! Date format
46149 \begin_layout Standard
46150 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46151 \begin_inset Newline newline
46155 \begin_inset Flex URL
46158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46160 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46166 \begin_inset Newline newline
46169 For example the format
46170 \begin_inset Newline newline
46174 \begin_inset Newline newline
46177 prints the date as day/month/year.
46180 \begin_layout Subsection
46184 \begin_layout Description
46186 \begin_inset space ~
46190 \begin_inset space ~
46193 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46196 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46197 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46199 \begin_inset space ~
46205 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46209 \begin_layout Description
46211 \begin_inset space ~
46214 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46219 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46220 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46223 \begin_layout Subsection
46228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46238 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46243 \begin_inset Index idx
46246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46255 \begin_layout Description
46257 \begin_inset space ~
46264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46272 \begin_inset space ~
46276 \begin_inset space ~
46279 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46284 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46306 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46319 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46320 LyX sets up in the background.
46321 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46324 \begin_layout Description
46326 \begin_inset space ~
46330 \begin_inset space ~
46333 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46338 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46341 \begin_layout Standard
46342 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46343 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46344 manuals of the applications.
46345 Currently the following commands can be set:
46348 \begin_layout Description
46353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46361 \begin_inset space ~
46364 command Command for the program
46368 that is described in the section
46374 Additional Features
46379 \begin_layout Description
46384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46392 \begin_inset space ~
46395 command Command for the program
46399 that generates the bibliography, see section
46400 \begin_inset space ~
46404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46406 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46413 \begin_layout Description
46415 \begin_inset space ~
46418 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46419 \begin_inset space ~
46423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46425 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46432 \begin_layout Description
46434 \begin_inset space ~
46437 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46438 \begin_inset space ~
46442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46444 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46451 \begin_layout Description
46453 \begin_inset space ~
46457 \begin_inset space ~
46461 \begin_inset space ~
46465 \begin_inset space ~
46468 options They only have an effect when the program
46472 is used as DVI-viewer.
46475 \begin_layout Standard
46476 There are additionally the following options:
46479 \begin_layout Description
46481 \begin_inset space ~
46485 \begin_inset space ~
46489 \begin_inset space ~
46493 \begin_inset space ~
46497 \begin_inset space ~
46500 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46518 to separate folders.
46519 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46520 \begin_inset Index idx
46523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46530 \begin_inset Index idx
46533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46542 \begin_layout Description
46544 \begin_inset space ~
46548 \begin_inset space ~
46552 \begin_inset space ~
46556 \begin_inset space ~
46560 \begin_inset space ~
46564 \begin_inset space ~
46567 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46569 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46572 dialog when changing the document class.
46575 \begin_layout Section
46577 \begin_inset space ~
46581 \begin_inset Index idx
46584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46593 \begin_layout Subsection
46595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46597 name "sub:Converters"
46602 \begin_inset Index idx
46605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46614 \begin_layout Standard
46615 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46616 from one format to another.
46617 You can modify them or create new ones.
46618 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46625 \begin_inset space ~
46635 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46639 \begin_inset space ~
46644 drop-down list, modify the
46648 field, and press the
46655 \begin_layout Standard
46658 Converter File Cache
46660 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46663 Maximum Age (in days
46666 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46667 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46670 \begin_layout Standard
46671 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46672 the converter definition, is described in the section
46683 \begin_layout Subsection
46685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46687 name "sec:File-Formats"
46692 \begin_inset Index idx
46695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46702 \begin_inset Index idx
46705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46714 \begin_layout Standard
46715 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46716 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46720 \begin_layout Standard
46721 Furthermore, you can define the
46722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46725 Default output format
46726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46729 that is used when you hit
46730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46749 View Master Document
46750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46757 Update Master Document
46758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46761 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46764 \begin_layout Standard
46765 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46766 is described in the section
46777 \begin_layout Standard
46778 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46779 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46780 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46781 This is done by specifying a
46786 More about this is described in the section
46797 \begin_layout Chapter
46798 Units available in LyX
46799 \begin_inset Index idx
46802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46811 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46818 \begin_layout Standard
46819 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46822 reference "cap:Units"
46826 explains all units available in LyX.
46829 \begin_layout Standard
46830 \begin_inset Float table
46836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46837 \begin_inset Caption
46839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46855 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46863 \begin_inset Tabular
46864 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46865 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46963 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46967 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47018 scaled point (65536
47019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47079 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47134 % of original image width
47141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47348 \begin_layout Chapter
47350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47359 \begin_layout Standard
47360 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47361 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47364 \begin_layout Itemize
47367 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47370 \begin_layout Itemize
47376 \begin_layout Itemize
47382 \begin_layout Itemize
47388 \begin_layout Itemize
47394 \begin_layout Itemize
47400 \begin_layout Itemize
47406 \begin_layout Itemize
47412 \begin_layout Itemize
47415 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47418 \begin_layout Itemize
47424 \begin_layout Itemize
47430 \begin_layout Itemize
47436 \begin_layout Itemize
47442 \begin_layout Itemize
47448 \begin_layout Itemize
47454 \begin_layout Itemize
47460 \begin_layout Itemize
47466 \begin_layout Itemize
47468 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47477 \begin_layout Standard
47478 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47481 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47488 \begin_layout Bibliography
47489 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47490 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47491 LatexCommand bibitem
47498 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47501 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47506 \begin_inset Newline newline
47510 \begin_inset Flex URL
47513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47515 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47523 \begin_layout Bibliography
47524 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47525 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47526 LatexCommand bibitem
47527 key "latexcompanion"
47531 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47533 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47536 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47539 \begin_layout Bibliography
47540 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47541 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47542 LatexCommand bibitem
47547 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47550 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47553 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47556 \begin_layout Bibliography
47557 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47558 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47559 LatexCommand bibitem
47566 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47569 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47572 \begin_layout Bibliography
47573 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47574 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47575 LatexCommand bibitem
47587 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47590 \begin_layout Bibliography
47591 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47592 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47593 LatexCommand bibitem
47599 \begin_inset Newline newline
47603 \begin_inset Flex URL
47606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47608 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47616 \begin_layout Bibliography
47617 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47618 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47619 LatexCommand bibitem
47625 \begin_inset Newline newline
47629 \begin_inset Flex URL
47632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47634 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47642 \begin_layout Bibliography
47643 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47644 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47645 LatexCommand bibitem
47651 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47653 name "Documentation"
47654 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47663 \begin_inset Newline newline
47667 \begin_inset Flex URL
47670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47672 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47680 \begin_layout Bibliography
47681 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47682 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47683 LatexCommand bibitem
47689 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47691 name "Documentation"
47692 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47696 how to use the program
47701 \begin_inset Newline newline
47705 \begin_inset Flex URL
47708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47710 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47718 \begin_layout Bibliography
47719 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47720 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47721 LatexCommand bibitem
47727 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47729 name "Documentation"
47730 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47739 \begin_inset Newline newline
47743 \begin_inset Flex URL
47746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47748 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47756 \begin_layout Bibliography
47757 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47758 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47759 LatexCommand bibitem
47765 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47767 name "Documentation"
47768 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47777 \begin_inset Newline newline
47781 \begin_inset Flex URL
47784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47786 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47794 \begin_layout Bibliography
47795 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47796 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47797 LatexCommand bibitem
47803 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47805 name "Documentation"
47806 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47810 of the LaTeX-package
47815 \begin_inset Index idx
47818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47819 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47825 \begin_inset Newline newline
47829 \begin_inset Flex URL
47832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47834 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47842 \begin_layout Bibliography
47843 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47844 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47845 LatexCommand bibitem
47851 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47853 name "Documentation"
47854 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
47858 of the LaTeX-package
47863 \begin_inset Index idx
47866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47867 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
47873 \begin_inset Newline newline
47877 \begin_inset Flex URL
47880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47882 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
47890 \begin_layout Bibliography
47891 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47892 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47893 LatexCommand bibitem
47899 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47901 name "Documentation"
47902 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47906 of the LaTeX-package
47911 \begin_inset Index idx
47914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47915 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47921 \begin_inset Newline newline
47925 \begin_inset Flex URL
47928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47930 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47938 \begin_layout Bibliography
47939 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47940 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47941 LatexCommand bibitem
47949 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47951 name "Documentation"
47952 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47958 of the LaTeX-package
47963 \begin_inset Index idx
47966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47967 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47973 \begin_inset Newline newline
47977 \begin_inset Flex URL
47980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47982 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47990 \begin_layout Bibliography
47991 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47992 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47993 LatexCommand bibitem
47999 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48001 name "Documentation"
48002 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48006 of the LaTeX-package
48011 \begin_inset Index idx
48014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48015 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
48021 \begin_inset Newline newline
48025 \begin_inset Flex URL
48028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48030 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48038 \begin_layout Bibliography
48039 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48040 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48041 LatexCommand bibitem
48047 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48049 name "Documentation"
48050 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48054 of the LaTeX-package
48059 \begin_inset Index idx
48062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48063 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48069 \begin_inset Newline newline
48073 \begin_inset Flex URL
48076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48078 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48086 \begin_layout Bibliography
48087 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48088 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48089 LatexCommand bibitem
48095 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48098 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48102 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48103 \begin_inset Newline newline
48107 \begin_inset Flex URL
48110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48112 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48120 \begin_layout Bibliography
48121 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48122 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48123 LatexCommand bibitem
48129 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48132 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48136 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48137 \begin_inset Newline newline
48141 \begin_inset Flex URL
48144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48146 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48154 \begin_layout Bibliography
48155 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48156 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48157 LatexCommand bibitem
48163 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48166 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48170 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48171 \begin_inset Newline newline
48175 \begin_inset Flex URL
48178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48180 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48188 \begin_layout Bibliography
48189 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48190 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48191 LatexCommand bibitem
48197 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48200 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48204 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48205 \begin_inset Newline newline
48209 \begin_inset Flex URL
48212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48214 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48222 \begin_layout Bibliography
48223 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48224 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48225 LatexCommand bibitem
48231 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48234 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48238 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48239 \begin_inset Newline newline
48243 \begin_inset Flex URL
48246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48248 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48256 \begin_layout Bibliography
48257 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48258 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48259 LatexCommand bibitem
48265 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48268 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48272 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48273 \begin_inset Newline newline
48277 \begin_inset Flex URL
48280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48282 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48290 \begin_layout Bibliography
48291 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48292 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48293 LatexCommand bibitem
48299 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48302 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48306 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48307 \begin_inset Newline newline
48311 \begin_inset Flex URL
48314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48316 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48324 \begin_layout Bibliography
48325 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48326 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48327 LatexCommand bibitem
48333 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48336 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48340 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48341 \begin_inset Newline newline
48345 \begin_inset Flex URL
48348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48350 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48358 \begin_layout Bibliography
48359 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48360 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48361 LatexCommand bibitem
48367 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48370 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48374 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48375 \begin_inset Newline newline
48379 \begin_inset Flex URL
48382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48384 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48392 \begin_layout Bibliography
48393 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48394 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48395 LatexCommand bibitem
48401 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48404 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48408 about new features in
48413 \begin_inset Newline newline
48417 \begin_inset Flex URL
48420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48422 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48430 \begin_layout Standard
48431 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48465 \begin_inset Note Note
48468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48475 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48476 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48477 bibliography is the second one:
48485 \begin_layout Standard
48486 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48487 LatexCommand bibtex
48488 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48489 options "biblio/alphadin"
48496 \begin_layout Standard
48497 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48500 \begin_layout Standard
48501 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48502 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48508 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48509 LatexCommand printindex